{"title":"Living Room","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLiving Room Furniture at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis category brings together our living room furniture: sofas, sectionals and sofa beds, accent and lounge chairs, coffee tables, side and console tables, TV stands, sideboards and bookcases. These are the pieces that make a room comfortable to sit in, easy to keep tidy and good to look at. Easy Life Markets sells everything shown here through our own store, and each product page lists the size, materials, options, current price and availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat should you buy for a living room? Most rooms need four things: main seating, a table within reach of that seating, somewhere for the TV and media, and storage for the small things that collect in a shared space. Start with the sofa, because it sets the scale for everything else. Then add a coffee table, a TV stand, an accent chair if there is room, and side tables where people put down a drink. The guidance below works for any piece we stock now or add later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/51e116bd-3805-4697-b8dd-7d1683dfe294.jpg?width=900\" alt=\"Living room furniture: channel tufted sofa in navy blue velvet with gold-tone feet and two white cushions in a bright living room\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat You Will Find in This Living Room Furniture Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe split the living room range into smaller collections so you can go straight to what you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSofas and sectionals:\u003c\/strong\u003e three-seaters, modular sofas, cloud couches, curved sectionals and loveseats. Shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-sectionals\"\u003eSofas \u0026amp; Sectionals\u003c\/a\u003e or the wider \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-couches\"\u003eSofas \u0026amp; Couches\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoffee tables:\u003c\/strong\u003e lift top, nesting, glass, extendable and round tables. Shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/coffee-tables\"\u003eCoffee Tables\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTV stands and media units:\u003c\/strong\u003e floating stands, low consoles and sideboards. Shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tv-stands-media-units\"\u003eTV Stands \u0026amp; Media Units\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChairs:\u003c\/strong\u003e accent chairs, swivel chairs, lounge chairs, bean bags and floor chairs. Shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003eChairs\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide and console tables:\u003c\/strong\u003e pedestal, tripod and tiered side tables and long console tables. Shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tables\"\u003eTables\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the full furniture range across every room, see \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/furniture\"\u003eall furniture\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSofas: The Centre of Your Living Room Furniture\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sofa takes the most floor space and gets the most use, so it deserves the most thought. There are a few main types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThree-seat sofas\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA three-seat sofa suits most rooms and seats two people comfortably with room to spare, or three side by side. Our current examples include the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/boucle-sofa-78-inch-3-seater-cream-3-pillows\"\u003eboucle sofa\u003c\/a\u003e at 78 inches with rounded arms, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/green-fabric-sofa-3-seater-81-inch-pillow-top-arms\"\u003egreen fabric sofa\u003c\/a\u003e with pillow-top arms, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/channel-tufted-sofa-navy-velvet-87-inch-3-seater\"\u003echannel tufted sofa\u003c\/a\u003e in navy velvet at 87 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eModular sofas and sectionals\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSectionals wrap around a corner or form a U-shape and suit larger rooms or households who like to lie down. Modular sofas are built from separate sections, which makes delivery easier and lets you change the arrangement later. See the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/beige-modular-sofa-tufted-with-ottoman-104-inch\"\u003ebeige modular sofa\u003c\/a\u003e with ottoman, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/u-shaped-cloud-couch-chenille-modular-2-ottomans\"\u003eU-shaped cloud couch\u003c\/a\u003e in grey chenille, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/modular-sectional-sofa-114-inch-boneless-boucle-curved\"\u003emodular sectional sofa\u003c\/a\u003e in grey boucle and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-sectional-sofa-5-seat-orange-eco-leather\"\u003ecurved sectional sofa\u003c\/a\u003e in orange eco-leather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLoveseats, recliners and sofa beds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA loveseat seats two and fits smaller rooms or sits opposite a main sofa. Recliners add a footrest for long film nights. A sofa bed or futon gives you a guest bed in a room you use every day. Examples are the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/recliner-loveseat-manual-center-console-cup-holders\"\u003erecliner loveseat\u003c\/a\u003e with centre console and cup holders, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/futon-sofa-bed-70-inch-green-teddy-fabric\"\u003efuton sofa bed\u003c\/a\u003e in green teddy fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAccent Chairs and Extra Seating\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn accent chair adds a seat beside the sofa, fills a corner or makes a reading spot near a window. Swivel chairs let people turn between the TV and the conversation. Low lounge chairs and floor seating suit relaxed rooms, small flats and children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood current choices are the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/swivel-barrel-chair-green-corduroy-pedestal-base\"\u003eswivel barrel chair\u003c\/a\u003e in green corduroy, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/wingback-accent-chair-grey-button-tufted\"\u003ewingback accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e in grey, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-accent-chair-wood-frame-lumbar-pillow\"\u003emid century modern accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e with a wood frame, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/wave-lounge-chair-low-lazy-sofa-6-colours\"\u003ewave lounge chair\u003c\/a\u003e. For casual seating, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bean-bag-chair-teardrop-striped-fabric-4-sizes\"\u003ebean bag chair\u003c\/a\u003e comes in four sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCoffee Tables, Side Tables and Console Tables\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCoffee tables\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA coffee table should be within easy reach of every seat on the sofa. Lift top tables raise the surface for eating or using a laptop and often hide storage underneath. Nesting tables give you two surfaces that you can pull apart for guests. Glass tables keep a small room feeling open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom the current living room furniture range, look at the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lift-top-coffee-table-rectangle-outlets-usb-led-black\"\u003elift top coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e with outlets and USB, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-lift-top-coffee-table-35-inch-storage-black\"\u003eround lift top coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-nesting-coffee-tables-marble-look-gold-frame\"\u003eround nesting coffee tables\u003c\/a\u003e with a gold frame, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2-tier-glass-coffee-table-black-metal-frame-39-inch\"\u003e2 tier glass coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/extendable-coffee-table-sliding-top-drawer-black-walnut\"\u003eextendable coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/b3396040-4889-4b60-8073-cf4404d49241.jpg?width=900\" alt=\"Lift top coffee table in black with the top raised, hidden compartment and power panel\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSide tables and console tables\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSide tables sit at the end of a sofa or beside a chair to hold a lamp, a drink or a book. Console tables are long and narrow, and sit behind a sofa that floats in the room or against a wall near the entrance. Examples include the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-pedestal-side-table-bobbin-leg-gloss\"\u003eround pedestal side table\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2-tier-side-table-round-oval-trays-walnut-brown\"\u003e2 tier side table\u003c\/a\u003e with walnut-look trays, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/hallway-console-table-black-70-inch-wood-grain\"\u003ehallway console table\u003c\/a\u003e in black wood grain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTV Stands, Sideboards and Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA TV stand holds the screen at a comfortable height and hides consoles, boxes and cables. Floating stands mount on the wall and keep the floor clear for cleaning. Low consoles with doors and drawers add useful storage. A sideboard or bookcase gives the room a second focal point and more space for books and decor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current range includes the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-tv-stand-63-inch-led-lights-black\"\u003efloating TV stand\u003c\/a\u003e with LED lights, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-tv-stand-cane-drawers-67-inch-walnut-brown\"\u003erattan TV stand\u003c\/a\u003e for TVs up to 75 inches, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/fluted-tv-stand-68-inch-walnut-4-doors-gold-legs\"\u003efluted TV stand\u003c\/a\u003e with gold legs, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/black-cane-tv-stand-led-arched-glass-doors-71-inch\"\u003eblack cane TV stand\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-sideboard-60-inch-4-door-walnut\"\u003emid century modern sideboard\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-tier-bookcase-70-inch-wide-industrial-open-shelf-black\"\u003e5 tier bookcase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Choose Living Room Furniture\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood living room furniture fits the room, suits how you use it and still leaves space to move. Work through these steps before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure the room and mark the doors.\u003c\/strong\u003e Note doorways, windows, radiators, sockets and where the TV aerial or cable comes in. These fix where some pieces can go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDecide the focal point.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is usually the TV, a window or a fireplace. Face the main seating toward it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize the sofa to the wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e A sofa that fills about two-thirds of a wall usually looks balanced. Leave space at each end for a side table or a walkway.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet the coffee table distance.\u003c\/strong\u003e Roughly 40 to 45 cm between the sofa and the coffee table lets you reach a drink and still walk past.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeep walkways clear.\u003c\/strong\u003e Main paths through the room are usually comfortable at around 75 to 90 cm wide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the TV stand width.\u003c\/strong\u003e The stand should be at least as wide as the TV, and wider looks more settled. Check the TV size range on the product page.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure the route in.\u003c\/strong\u003e Check front door, hallway and stair widths, especially for large sofas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur article on \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/news\/living-room-layout-guide\"\u003earranging the furniture in your living room\u003c\/a\u003e covers these spacing rules with more examples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMaterials and Fabrics to Consider\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFabric choice affects how a sofa feels, how it wears and how easy it is to clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoucle:\u003c\/strong\u003e a looped, textured weave. Soft and cosy, and it hides light marks well.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet:\u003c\/strong\u003e a short, dense pile with a rich look. It shows pressure marks but brushes back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorduroy:\u003c\/strong\u003e ribbed and hard-wearing, with a relaxed feel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChenille:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft and thick, good for deep cloud-style sofas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEco-leather and faux leather:\u003c\/strong\u003e easy to wipe, a practical choice where spills are common.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor tables and storage, wood and wood-look finishes give warmth, high gloss surfaces look sleek and reflect light, glass keeps things visually light, and metal frames add strength. A general overview of the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Living_room\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e as a space shows how much its furniture has changed over time, from formal parlours to the relaxed family rooms most of us use now.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanning Living Room Furniture by Room Size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe same sofa can look perfect in one room and crowded in another. These guidelines help you pick pieces that suit the floor space you have.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLiving room furniture for small rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a small room, every piece needs to earn its place. Choose a sofa with slim arms and raised legs, because seeing floor underneath makes a room feel bigger. A glass or acrylic table takes up little visual space. A wall-mounted TV stand frees the floor. Nesting tables give you extra surface only when you need it. Floor chairs and bean bags can be moved or stacked away when guests leave. Avoid filling every wall: one empty wall gives the eye somewhere to rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMedium living rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost rooms fall here. A three-seat sofa facing the TV, one accent chair at an angle, a coffee table in the middle and a side table at one end is a layout that works in many homes. Add a bookcase or sideboard on the wall opposite the window to balance the room. If you want more seats, a loveseat opposite the sofa makes a conversation area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLarge and open-plan rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge rooms can take a sectional, a cloud couch or a modular sofa with an ottoman. In open-plan spaces, use the back of the sofa to mark the edge of the living area, and put a console table behind it for lamps and keys. A rug or a group of side tables helps the seating area feel like a room of its own. Swivel chairs are useful here, because people can turn between the kitchen, the dining table and the TV.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing a Style That Lasts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStyle is personal, but a few principles help living room furniture age well. Keep the large pieces, such as the sofa and TV stand, in calm colours and simple shapes. Bring in stronger colour and pattern with smaller items like an accent chair, cushions or a side table, which are easier to change later. Mid century designs, with tapered legs and walnut tones, sit comfortably with both modern and traditional rooms. Cane and rattan details add texture without strong colour. High gloss and LED features suit a sleek, modern look. When you mix styles, repeat one finish or colour at least twice so the room feels connected rather than random.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLiving Room Furniture Comparison Table\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse this table to match each type of piece to your room and needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePiece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat to check\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExample\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree-seat sofa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost living rooms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth, seat depth, fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/boucle-sofa-78-inch-3-seater-cream-3-pillows\"\u003eBoucle sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular sofa or sectional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge rooms, families\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoom shape, module sizes, route in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/oversized-cloud-couch-129-inch-modular-2-ottomans\"\u003eOversized cloud couch\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecliner loveseat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFilm nights, small rooms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecline clearance from the wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/recliner-loveseat-manual-center-console-cup-holders\"\u003eRecliner loveseat\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccent chair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra seat, reading corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height, footprint, swivel space\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/swivel-accent-chair-blue-linen-look-adjustable-height\"\u003eSwivel accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift top coffee table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEating or working on the sofa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaised height, storage space\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lift-top-coffee-table-rectangle-outlets-usb-led-black\"\u003eLift top coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNesting tables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexible surfaces for guests\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSizes of each table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/upholstered-nesting-coffee-table-set-of-2-corduroy-black\"\u003eUpholstered nesting coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTV stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreens and media storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStand width, TV size range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/high-gloss-tv-stand-black-led-lights-63-inch\"\u003eHigh gloss TV stand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConsole table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBehind a sofa, entrances\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth, length, height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/4-tier-console-table-geometric-metal-base-rustic-brown\"\u003e4 tier console table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiving room furniture gets daily use, so a few simple habits make a big difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum sofa fabric with a soft brush attachment every week or two to lift crumbs and dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn and plump loose seat and back cushions so they wear evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills straight away with a clean cloth. Do not rub, and test any cleaner on a hidden spot first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse coasters on wood, veneer and gloss tables. Heat and water both leave marks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep fabrics and wood out of strong direct sun, which fades colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck and tighten table legs and chair bases every few months.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe glass tops with a glass cleaner and a lint-free cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety in the Living Room\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFix bookcases and tall units to the wall with anti-tip fittings, particularly where children live. Place TVs on stands rated for their size and weight, or mount them securely. Keep cables from LED lights and powered tables tidy and away from walkways. Lift top mechanisms should be raised and lowered with hands clear of the hinge. Recliners need space behind and in front so they can open safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Tips from Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuy the sofa first and build around it.\u003c\/strong\u003e It sets the size and style for the rest of the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepeat a material.\u003c\/strong\u003e Walnut tones, black metal or gold accents look planned when they show up on two or three pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePick storage that hides clutter.\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift top tables, sideboards and TV stands with doors keep remotes and cables out of sight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck options and prices.\u003c\/strong\u003e Many items have colour, size or configuration choices, and the price can change between them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRead the product page.\u003c\/strong\u003e Dimensions, materials and what is included are listed there. If a detail is missing, ask us before you order.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Range Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCouples in a flat often choose a three-seater, a compact coffee table and a wall-mounted TV stand. Families tend to prefer modular sofas, wipeable fabrics and closed storage. People who host often like nesting tables and an extra swivel chair. Small rooms benefit from glass tables, floating stands and floor chairs such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/tatami-floor-chair-folding-lazy-sofa-small-apartments\"\u003etatami floor chair\u003c\/a\u003e. If the living room is also your guest room, a sofa bed solves two problems at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat living room furniture should I buy first?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart with the sofa, as it is the largest piece and sets the scale. Then choose a coffee table, TV stand and any extra chairs to suit it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow big should my coffee table be?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA common guide is about two-thirds the length of the sofa, with a height close to the sofa seat. Leave around 40 to 45 cm between the two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size TV stand do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a stand at least as wide as your TV. Each TV stand page lists its width and, where the supplier gives it, the TV size range it suits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich sofa fabric is easiest to look after?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEco-leather and faux leather wipe clean easily. Textured fabrics such as boucle and corduroy hide light wear well. Always follow the care instructions for the item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a modular sofa a good idea?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if you want flexibility. Modular sections are easier to carry into the room and can be rearranged if you move or change the layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere can I see price and availability?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on each product page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat if a piece does not suit my room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering. Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e explains how orders are sent, and the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/faq\"\u003eFAQ page\u003c\/a\u003e covers common order questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShop Living Room Furniture with Confidence\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the products above, filter by type, colour or price, and open any item to see its full details. Measure first, choose the sofa, then add the pieces around it. If you need help with a size or detail, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e and we will help you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"modular-sectional-sofa-114-inch-boneless-boucle-curved","title":"Modular Sectional Sofa – 114.9 Inch Boneless Boucle Couch with Curved Ends, Grey","description":"\u003ch2\u003eModular Sectional Sofa – 114.9 Inch Boneless Boucle Couch with Curved Ends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis modular sectional sofa is a large, low, frameless couch in grey boucle, made of separate foam-and-spring modules that you arrange yourself. Two of the modules have curved ends. Assembled as shown, it measures 114.9 × 64.5 × 30.7 inches and seats six. Easy Life Markets sells it in grey, with six pillows included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\"Boneless\" means there is no wooden or metal frame. Each module is a block of high-density foam with pocket springs inside, upholstered all round, so the sofa has soft edges everywhere and nothing hard to knock into. The modules are vacuum-compressed for delivery and expand after unpacking, which is how a sofa nearly three metres long arrives in two manageable cartons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSofa modules, including 2 curved-end modules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × round throw pillows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × rectangular bolster-style cushions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe set ships in two cartons. As we read the supplier's packing line, each is about 40.5 × 17 × 16.5 inches (103 × 43 × 42 cm) and weighs about 73 lb (33 kg). The supplier does not state the exact number of modules, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e if you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are the supplier's figures. The metric values are our conversions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e114.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e292\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e164\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height, floor to seat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth, front to back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest height above seat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound pillow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.7 × 13.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 × 35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRectangular pillow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 × 14.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 × 36\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier notes that sizes are measured by hand and may vary slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modular sectional sofa, U-shaped as shown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeats:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpholstery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boucle fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foam and pocket springs, no rigid frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoam density:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8 lb per cubic foot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 lb (113 kg) per seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 131.62 lb (59.7 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArms:\u003c\/strong\u003e Square\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCovers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not removable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 5 minutes, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit Your Room?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a big sofa. At 292 cm long and 164 cm deep in the U shape, it needs a wall of about three metres and a clear floor area of roughly 3 × 1.7 m, plus space to walk round it. Mark that footprint on your floor with tape before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGetting it indoors is the easy part. Because the modules arrive compressed in cartons about 103 cm long, they pass through ordinary doorways, stairwells and lifts that would stop a conventional sofa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLayouts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's photos show the same modules arranged several ways:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA U shape with a chaise at one end and a curved module at the other\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn L shape\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA long curved sofa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA flat sofa-bed arrangement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA compact, near-circular conversation pit using the two curved ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe modules stand on the floor and are moved by hand. The supplier does not describe any connectors between them, so on a smooth floor they may shift apart in use. A rug underneath helps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAllow time to expand.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says the cushions can take up to 72 hours to return to shape after unpacking. Kneading them gently helps air back into the foam. Do not judge the comfort on the first day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWrinkles.\u003c\/strong\u003e Compression can leave creases in the fabric. The supplier suggests smoothing them gently with an iron. Use low heat and a cloth between the iron and the boucle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow back.\u003c\/strong\u003e The backrest rises 9.8 inches above the seat. This is a low, lounge-style sofa. The loose pillows give the support for the lower back and neck. If you prefer to sit upright with a high back, it may not suit you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep seat.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 24.4 inch seat is deep. It is made for curling up and lying down, and shorter people will want a pillow behind them to sit with feet on the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"With ottoman\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title mentioned an ottoman. The curved-end modules can be pulled away and used as ottomans, as the supplier describes. There is no separate ottoman listed beyond the modules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixed covers.\u003c\/strong\u003e The covers do not come off, so they cannot be machine washed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Sofa bed\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The modules can be pushed together to make a flat surface. There is no mattress or folding mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Boucle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Boucl%C3%A9\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eBouclé\u003c\/a\u003e is a fabric woven from looped yarn, which gives it a nubbly, curled surface. It has been used on furniture since the mid-twentieth century and has become very popular again for soft, rounded sofas like this one. The loops feel warm and hide small marks well. They can also catch on claws, buckles and rough jewellery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's care advice is to dust regularly, clean gently with a clean, slightly damp cloth, avoid direct sunlight and never use harsh chemicals. It recommends professional cleaning for anything more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum with a soft brush attachment to lift dust from the loops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills at once with a dry cloth. Do not rub.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep pets' claws and sharp objects away from the fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn and swap the modules from time to time so they wear evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 114.9 × 64.5 × 30.7 inches, or about 292 × 164 × 78 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many people does it seat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Six, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the covers washable?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. They are not removable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to expand?\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 72 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is stated by the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Modular Sectional Sofa at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying a large item like this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/oversized-cloud-couch-129-inch-modular-2-ottomans\"\u003eOversized cloud couch\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/u-shaped-cloud-couch-chenille-modular-2-ottomans\"\u003eU-shaped cloud couch\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-sectional-sofa-5-seat-orange-eco-leather\"\u003eCurved sectional sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-couches\"\u003esofas and couches\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/e06379a6-95dd-4f58-aa7f-76e4ee79793a.jpg\" alt=\"Modular sectional sofa in grey boucle with curved end modules and round pillows\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Grey","offer_id":47172666949793,"sku":"CJFU27974690001","price":908.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/e06379a6-95dd-4f58-aa7f-76e4ee79793a.jpg?v=1789072316"},{"product_id":"folding-sofa-bed-convertible-corduroy-sleeper-chair","title":"Folding Sofa Bed – Convertible Corduroy Sleeper Chair, 35 x 84 Inch Bed, White","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFolding Sofa Bed – Convertible Corduroy Sleeper Chair for One\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis folding sofa bed is a single-seat floor lounger in corduroy that unfolds into a bed about 35 inches wide and 84 inches long. It is filled with shredded foam, has a non-slip base and needs no assembly. Easy Life Markets sells it in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier calls it a three-in-one: a deep armless chair, a lounger with the footrest out, and a flat bed for one person. It has no legs and no wall to lean on, so it can be dragged to wherever you want it. It suits studio flats, home offices, games rooms and guest corners where a full sofa bed would not fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not publish a packing list. The product is one folding sofa bed, delivered compressed and vacuum-sealed in a carton of 12.59 × 12.20 × 37.79 inches (32 × 31 × 96 cm) weighing 48.94 lb (22.2 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are the supplier's figures. The metric values are our conversions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs a chair, L × W × H (specification table)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44.49 × 33.86 × 32.68\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e113 × 86 × 83\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs a bed, length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eabout 84\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eabout 213\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs a bed, width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eabout 35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eabout 89\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.93\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43.87 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's size photo gives slightly different chair figures from its specification table: 35.04 inches wide and 49.21 inches deep. Foam furniture is hard to measure exactly, so treat all of these as approximate and allow a few centimetres either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Convertible folding sofa bed, single\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corduroy fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shredded foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non-slip, rubberised\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSleeps:\u003c\/strong\u003e One person\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour offered:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e None. Unpack and allow 48 hours to expand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThree Positions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChair:\u003c\/strong\u003e Folded up, with the back cushion in place, for reading, television or gaming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLounger:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the front section folded out as a footrest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully unfolded and flat, about 213 × 89 cm. That is roughly the footprint of a narrow single mattress, and long enough for most adults.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour.\u003c\/strong\u003e Only white is offered on this page. The supplier's photos also show a taupe version, and its table lists black. Those are not available here.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAllow 48 hours.\u003c\/strong\u003e The sofa bed arrives squashed flat. It needs about two days to recover its full size, and shredded foam often benefits from being shaken and patted into shape. Do not judge it on the first evening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight capacity.\u003c\/strong\u003e One of the supplier's graphics shows \"500 lbs\". No test or standard is given, and the written specification does not repeat it. We make no claim. It is a seat and bed for one person.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Reinforced internal framing\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text mentions internal framing and also says the piece is filled with shredded foam and ships vacuum-compressed. A compressible product cannot contain a rigid frame, so we read this as shaped foam sections, and describe it as a foam piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirmness.\u003c\/strong\u003e Shredded foam moulds to the body and feels softer and less even than a slab of foam or a sprung mattress. It is comfortable for lounging and for occasional nights. We would not suggest it as a permanent bed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Easy-clean\" and stain resistance.\u003c\/strong\u003e These are the supplier's words. No removable cover is described. White corduroy shows marks, so plan to protect it with a throw or a sheet when it is used as a bed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloor level.\u003c\/strong\u003e As a bed it lies on the floor. That is a long way down to get in and out of for anyone with stiff knees or hips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAs a chair it needs a floor area of about 115 × 90 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAs a bed it needs about 215 × 90 cm of clear floor, plus room to step round it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe carton is under a metre long, so getting it through doors and up stairs is no problem. At 22 kg it can be carried by one fit adult or two people comfortably.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Sofa Beds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Sofa_bed\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003esofa bed\u003c\/a\u003e is any seat that converts into a bed. Traditional ones hide a folding metal frame and a thin mattress inside a sofa. Fold-out foam designs like this one do away with the mechanism altogether: the seat cushions are the mattress, hinged by the fabric. There is nothing to jam or squeak, and the piece weighs a fraction of a framed sofa bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum the corduroy with a soft brush attachment, working along the ridges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills at once with a clean, dry cloth. Spot clean with a damp cloth and a little mild soap, and let it dry fully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not soak the piece. Wet foam takes a long time to dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShake and pat the cushions now and then to redistribute the shredded foam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from heaters and open flames. Foam burns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a fitted sheet or a throw when sleeping on it, to keep the white fabric clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeople in small flats who need a spare bed for the odd overnight guest, students, gamers, and anyone who wants a soft reading seat that can be moved from room to room. It is not designed for young children to sleep on unsupervised.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the bed?\u003c\/strong\u003e About 84 × 35 inches, or 213 × 89 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. Unpack it and leave it 48 hours to expand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colours are there?\u003c\/strong\u003e White only on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the cover removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not describe a removable cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is stated by the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Folding Sofa Bed at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any question about size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-chair-bed-lazy-sofa-60cm-adjustable-backrest\"\u003eFolding chair bed\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tatami-floor-chair-folding-lazy-sofa-small-apartments\"\u003eTatami floor chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-floor-chair-legless-sofa-backrest-armrests\"\u003eFolding floor chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-couches\"\u003esofas and couches\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedroom\"\u003ebedroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/9f26da65-2741-4413-9f14-d26b0242b2f4.jpg\" alt=\"Folding sofa bed in white corduroy set up as a single chair\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":47172673732769,"sku":"CJJT255707503CX","price":137.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/eb1f3584-1665-44c6-9fd5-f947b87a2859.jpg?v=1789072477"},{"product_id":"folding-floor-chair-legless-sofa-backrest-armrests","title":"Folding Floor Chair – Legless Sofa Chair with Backrest and Armrests, 20 Options","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFolding Floor Chair – Legless Sofa Chair with Backrest and Armrests\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis folding floor chair is a padded, legless seat with a tall backrest and two armrests, made for sitting comfortably at floor level. It measures about 53 cm wide, with a 50 cm seat and a 63 cm back, and it folds for storage. Easy Life Markets sells it in twenty fabric and colour options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you like sitting on the floor to read, watch television, play games or work at a low table, a floor chair gives your back something to lean on. This one adds armrests, which most floor chairs lack, and thick quilted padding. The supplier's photos show it used on a rug in a living room, with a loose cushion behind the lower back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × sofa chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeveral of the supplier's photos show a small matching cushion. The packing list names only the chair, so do not assume the cushion is included. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if it matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's size photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArmrest length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoft furniture is measured by hand, so allow two or three centimetres either way. The weight and any weight limit are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Folding floor chair with backrest and armrests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Technical cloth, cotton-linen, plush or ice velvet, by option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester fibre fill, listed by the supplier as \"doll cotton\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs:\u003c\/strong\u003e None. It sits directly on the floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe with a damp cloth or detergent, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Twenty Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe options combine a fabric with a colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIce velvet:\u003c\/strong\u003e black, blue, coffee, grey, red. A smooth, short-pile fabric with a cool feel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLinen:\u003c\/strong\u003e fuchsia, black, cream, dark green, light green, light grey, yellow. The supplier's material entry describes this as cotton-linen, a flat woven cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrading Linen:\u003c\/strong\u003e grey, pink. The supplier does not explain what the upgrade is.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlush:\u003c\/strong\u003e black, coffee, silver grey and a patterned version. A soft, fleecy pile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTech cloth:\u003c\/strong\u003e green, orange. A smooth, leather-look technical fabric, as in the supplier's size photo of the orange chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach option has its own photo. Check it before you order, because names such as \"coffee\" and \"pattern\" tell you little on their own, and screens show colour differently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment.\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title calls this a folding chair, and the supplier's photos show the back both upright and reclined. The supplier does not state how many positions the backrest has or how far the armrests move. Floor chairs of this kind normally use ratchet hinges that click through several angles and release when pushed fully forward. Ask us if you need the details confirmed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Small sofa\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title called it a small sofa. It is a single seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt sits low.\u003c\/strong\u003e The seat is a few centimetres of padding on the floor. Getting down to it and up again takes more effort than a normal chair, so it is not ideal for anyone with knee, hip or back trouble.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not describe the internal frame. Folding floor chairs need a metal frame to hold the backrest, so do not expect it to be soft all the way through, and do not let children swing on the back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCovers.\u003c\/strong\u003e No removable cover is described. The supplier's care advice is to wipe it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight, weight limit, folded size and number of backrest positions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Floor Chairs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe legless chair comes from Japan, where it is called a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Zaisu\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ezaisu\u003c\/a\u003e and is used in rooms where people sit on the floor at low tables. The idea has spread well beyond its origins because it solves a common problem: floor sitting is relaxed and sociable, but without support most people's backs tire quickly. A floor chair also takes up very little room and can be folded away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn front of the television or a games console.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt a low coffee table for laptop work, crafts or board games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a bedroom or dormitory, as a reading seat that stores under the bed or behind a door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a child's or teenager's room, as an extra seat for friends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn a covered balcony in dry weather. Bring it indoors afterwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePut it on a rug or carpet. On a hard, smooth floor a legless chair can slide when you lean back, and the base may mark delicate flooring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the cover with a damp cloth and a little mild detergent, as the supplier advises, and let it dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum plush and velvet options with a soft brush attachment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not soak the chair or put it in a washing machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFold and unfold it by the frame, with fingers clear of the hinges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from heaters and open flames, and out of strong sunlight, which fades fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStudents, gamers, readers, and anyone short of space who wants a comfortable seat that disappears when not in use. With twenty finishes, it is easy to match to a room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e About 53 cm wide, with a 50 cm seat and a 63 cm backrest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have legs?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It sits on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the back adjust?\u003c\/strong\u003e The photos show it upright and reclined. The number of positions is not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the cover removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e No removable cover is described.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded chair from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Folding Floor Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your fabric and colour above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tatami-floor-chair-folding-lazy-sofa-small-apartments\"\u003eTatami floor chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-chair-bed-lazy-sofa-60cm-adjustable-backrest\"\u003eFolding chair bed\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-sofa-bed-convertible-corduroy-sleeper-chair\"\u003eFolding sofa bed\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-couches\"\u003esofas and couches\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/65c8ed64-1191-4783-867d-39865db81794.jpg\" alt=\"Folding floor chair in brown with padded backrest and armrests\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Ice velvet black","offer_id":47172674519201,"sku":"CJJT153491315OL","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ice velvet blue","offer_id":47172674551969,"sku":"CJJT153491313MN","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ice velvet coffee","offer_id":47172674584737,"sku":"CJJT153491312LO","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ice velvet grey","offer_id":47172674617505,"sku":"CJJT153491316PK","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ice velvet red","offer_id":47172674650273,"sku":"CJJT153491314NM","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Linen Fuchsia","offer_id":47172674683041,"sku":"CJJT153491305EV","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Linen black","offer_id":47172674715809,"sku":"CJJT153491303CX","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Linen cream","offer_id":47172674748577,"sku":"CJJT153491306FU","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Linen dark green","offer_id":47172674781345,"sku":"CJJT153491301AZ","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Linen light green","offer_id":47172674814113,"sku":"CJJT153491307GT","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Linen light grey","offer_id":47172674846881,"sku":"CJJT153491302BY","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Linen yellow","offer_id":47172674879649,"sku":"CJJT153491304DW","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Plush black","offer_id":47172674912417,"sku":"CJJT153491308HS","price":135.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Plush coffee","offer_id":47172674945185,"sku":"CJJT153491309IR","price":135.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Plush pattern","offer_id":47172674977953,"sku":"CJJT153491311KP","price":135.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Plush silver grey","offer_id":47172675010721,"sku":"CJJT153491310JQ","price":135.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Tech cloth green","offer_id":47172675043489,"sku":"CJJT153491319SH","price":136.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Tech cloth orange","offer_id":47172675076257,"sku":"CJJT153491320TG","price":136.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Upgrading Linen grey","offer_id":47172675109025,"sku":"CJJT153491317QJ","price":118.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Upgrading Linen pink","offer_id":47172675141793,"sku":"CJJT153491318RI","price":118.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/f90c0612-e3df-4530-87b2-fda2f5a03ccf.jpg?v=1789072590"},{"product_id":"curved-sectional-sofa-5-seat-orange-eco-leather","title":"Curved Sectional Sofa – 5-Seat Orange Eco-Leather Couch with Chaise, 128.7 Inch","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCurved Sectional Sofa – 5-Seat Orange Eco-Leather Couch with Chaise\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis curved sectional sofa is a large five-seat couch with a sweeping, kidney-shaped front, a low rounded back and a chaise at the right-hand end as you face it. It is upholstered in orange eco-leather over a wood frame and measures 128.74 × 63.78 × 26.37 inches. Easy Life Markets sells it in orange, with loose back cushions and pillows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a statement piece. The seat has no straight edges: the front curves in and out along its length, and the chaise ends in a rounded lounging platform. In the supplier's photos it stands on short black legs that are barely visible, so the body appears to sit just above the floor. The warm orange is the colour of tan saddle leather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sofa ships in two packages. As we read the supplier's packing lines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize in inches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize in centimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64.57 × 48.03 × 25.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e164 × 122 × 64\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e123.2 lb (55.9 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81.89 × 57.09 × 25.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e208 × 145 × 64\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160.6 lb (72.8 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier says the sofa comes with back cushions, two medium pillows and two small pillows, plus legs, hardware and illustrated instructions. Its wording on the number of back cushions is unclear, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e if you need the exact count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are the supplier's figures. The metric values are our conversions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e128.74\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e327\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width, at the chaise\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63.78\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e162\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.37\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNet weight is 244.2 lb (110.8 kg) and gross weight 283.8 lb (128.7 kg). The supplier notes that sizes are measured by hand and may differ slightly. Seat height and seat depth are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Curved sectional sofa with right chaise\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeats:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eco-leather on contact surfaces, simulated leather elsewhere\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood and MDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sponge, with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackrest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed, not removable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fit the legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order: Access\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the point to take seriously with a sofa of this size. It is not compressed and not modular beyond its two sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe larger package is about 208 cm long, 145 cm wide and 64 cm deep, and weighs about 73 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure every doorway, hallway turn, staircase and lift between the delivery point and the room. The 64 cm dimension is the one that has to pass through door openings, with the package on its side or on end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlan for at least two strong people, and ideally three, to carry each section.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn the room, allow a clear floor area of about 3.3 × 1.7 m, plus walking space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are not sure it will get in, send us your tightest measurements before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot real leather.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier uses three terms: bonded leather, eco-leather and simulated leather. Its note says eco-leather is used where you sit and lean, and simulated leather on the surfaces you do not touch, such as the outside back. All of these are manufactured materials with a leather look. This is not a full-grain or top-grain leather sofa, and we do not sell it as one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurability claims.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says the surface will not wrinkle or fade with long use. We do not repeat that as a promise. Coated leather-look materials can crack or peel in time, faster in strong sun, dry heat or with body oils.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhich side is the chaise?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists this as a right chaise, meaning the chaise is on your right when you stand facing the sofa. Check that against your room plan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow back.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 67 cm overall, this is a low sofa. The loose cushions provide the back support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs.\u003c\/strong\u003e They are plastic. The supplier says they will not scratch floors. Felt pads are still a sensible addition on wood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier warns that the colour received may differ slightly from the photos because of screens and lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Leather-Look Upholstery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Artificial_leather\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eArtificial leather\u003c\/a\u003e covers a family of materials made to resemble hide: fabrics coated with polyurethane or PVC, and bonded leather, which is leather fibre mixed with binders and pressed onto a backing. They cost far less than hide, come in even, strong colours and wipe clean. They do not age the way real leather does, and they are less forgiving of heat and sharp objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStyling It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGive it space. A curved sofa looks best pulled away from the wall, where the shape can be seen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePair it with a round or oval coffee table, as in the supplier's photos. Straight-edged tables fight the curve.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrange is strong. Keep walls and rugs neutral, in white, cream, grey or stone, and repeat the colour once elsewhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a dry, soft cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe marks with a cloth dampened in water and a little mild soap, then dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use solvent cleaners, bleach, alcohol wipes or leather oils and polishes made for real hide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the sofa out of direct sunlight and at least half a metre from radiators and heaters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep sharp objects, pet claws and studded clothing away from the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 128.74 × 63.78 × 26.37 inches, or about 327 × 162 × 67 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it real leather?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is eco-leather and simulated leather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich side is the chaise?\u003c\/strong\u003e On the right as you face the sofa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is it delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e In two large packages. Check your access first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is stated by the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Curved Sectional Sofa at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying a large item like this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/modular-sectional-sofa-114-inch-boneless-boucle-curved\"\u003eModular sectional sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/oversized-cloud-couch-129-inch-modular-2-ottomans\"\u003eOversized cloud couch\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/u-shaped-cloud-couch-chenille-modular-2-ottomans\"\u003eU-shaped cloud couch\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-couches\"\u003esofas and couches\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/e304d6eb-1061-4a22-892d-5663e7fe0604.jpg\" alt=\"Curved sectional sofa in orange eco-leather with right chaise and pillows\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":47172904419489,"sku":"CJFU27981820001","price":2947.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/16919efd-7d26-4903-be51-5cdd75034404.jpg?v=1789081725"},{"product_id":"u-shaped-cloud-couch-chenille-modular-2-ottomans","title":"U-Shaped Cloud Couch – Grey Chenille Modular Sectional with 2 Ottomans","description":"\u003ch2\u003eU-Shaped Cloud Couch – Grey Chenille Modular Sectional with 2 Ottomans\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis U-shaped cloud couch is a deep, low, heavily cushioned modular sofa in grey chenille, with round bolster arms and two matching ottomans that pull up to the front to form the U. The supplier lists three seats on a wood frame, with throw pillows and waist pillows included. Easy Life Markets sells it in grey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\"Cloud couch\" describes the look and the feel: thick, tufted seat cushions that billow over the edges, filled with shredded sponge and fibre so that you sink in. In the supplier's photos the sofa is a dark charcoal grey on short black feet, with the ottomans placed at each end to make two chaise-style lounging spots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSofa modules for three seats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × ottomans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrow pillows and waist pillows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists four packed sub-items and a total product weight of 272.8 lb (123.7 kg). Its packing lines are not clear enough for us to state each carton's size with confidence. If you need carton sizes to check access, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e and we will confirm them before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modular sectional sofa, U-shaped with the ottomans in place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeats:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, plus 2 ottomans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpholstery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Chenille\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeat cushions:\u003c\/strong\u003e No springs or wood inside. Filled with high-resilience sponge and polyester fibre, listed by the supplier as \"doll cotton\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArms:\u003c\/strong\u003e Round bolsters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 272.8 lb (123.7 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions: What Is Missing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's listing gives the assembled length, width and height as \"not applicable\". In other words, it does not state the size of this sofa. For a piece of furniture this large, that is the most important fact, and we will not guess it from photographs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore you buy, please ask us for the overall footprint, the seat height and depth, and the ottoman size. We will get them from the supplier. Do not order on the assumption that it will fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Modules Work\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes the sofa as freely combined: single, double, three-seat and four-seat arrangements are mentioned, with the ottomans placed where you like.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eU shape:\u003c\/strong\u003e An ottoman in front of each end seat, as in the supplier's main photo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eL shape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Both ottomans at one end, or one used separately as a footstool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStraight sofa:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ottomans moved away and used as extra seats or low tables with a tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier says the back is finished plainly, so the sofa does not have to stand against a wall. It does not describe any connectors between the modules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAllow up to a week to expand.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cushions and pillows are vacuum-packed. The supplier says they can take 2 to 7 days to reach full shape. The sofa will look flat and creased at first. Shake and plump the cushions daily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeat count.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's specification says three seats. The original title called it \"oversized\". With the ottomans it lounges more people than it seats upright.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft, not firm.\u003c\/strong\u003e Cushions filled with shredded sponge and fibre are plush and enveloping. They need regular plumping to keep their shape, and they suit people who like to sink into a sofa. If you need firm, upright support, this is not the right style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Luxury\".\u003c\/strong\u003e That word was in the original title. We describe what the supplier specifies: chenille on a wood frame with soft-fill cushions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier calls it gray. In its photos it is a dark charcoal. It notes that colour may differ slightly from the photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dimensions, weight capacity, leg material, and whether the covers are removable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Chenille\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Chenille_fabric\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eChenille\u003c\/a\u003e is a fabric woven from a fuzzy yarn whose short pile stands out all round the core, like a caterpillar, which is what the French word means. It feels soft and slightly velvety, and it catches the light differently depending on which way the pile lies. It is a popular upholstery cloth because it is warm to the touch and hides everyday wear. The pile can be flattened by pressure and pulled by claws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAccess and Room Planning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt about 124 kg in total, this is a heavy sofa. The four packages spread that weight, but plan for two people to move each one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnce you have the dimensions from us, mark the footprint on the floor with tape, including the ottomans pulled out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave space to walk round the open end of the U.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlump and turn the loose cushions often. Soft-fill cushions settle where people sit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum with a soft brush attachment, in the direction of the pile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills at once with a clean, dry cloth. Do not rub chenille.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpot clean with a little mild soap on a damp cloth, and let the fabric dry fully before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the sofa out of direct sunlight and away from heaters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep pets' claws away from the fabric where you can.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHouseholds that use the sofa for lounging, films and naps more than for formal sitting, and rooms large enough to take a deep sectional with ottomans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not state the size. Ask us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many ottomans are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e Two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it filled with?\u003c\/strong\u003e Sponge and polyester fibre, with no springs in the seat cushions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to expand?\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 to 7 days, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is stated by the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the U-Shaped Cloud Couch at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying a large item like this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/oversized-cloud-couch-129-inch-modular-2-ottomans\"\u003eOversized cloud couch\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/modular-sectional-sofa-114-inch-boneless-boucle-curved\"\u003eModular sectional sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-sectional-sofa-5-seat-orange-eco-leather\"\u003eCurved sectional sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-couches\"\u003esofas and couches\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/b25bb81b-9304-465d-b004-933f5cdf9bbb.jpg\" alt=\"U-shaped cloud couch in dark grey chenille with two ottomans and bolster arms\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Gray","offer_id":47172905959585,"sku":"CJFU27736150001","price":1140.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1ce72ed2-a3d7-4721-b184-d2a6a3d0e5b5.jpg?v=1789081844"},{"product_id":"oversized-cloud-couch-129-inch-modular-2-ottomans","title":"Oversized Cloud Couch – 129.8 Inch Modular Sectional with 2 Ottomans, Antique Grey","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOversized Cloud Couch – 129.8 Inch Modular Sectional with 2 Ottomans\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis oversized cloud couch is a wide, deep modular sectional with four seats and two ottomans, in antique grey. Assembled, it measures 129.8 × 66.1 × 31.1 inches, and each module can be moved on its own. The supplier rates each seat at 300 lb. Easy Life Markets sells the full six-piece set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a sofa built for lounging. The seats are low, wide and deep, the cushions are thick and loose, and the two ottomans slot in front of any seat to make a chaise or push together into a daybed. The supplier describes the filling as slow-release foam, which gives way gradually as you sit and recovers its shape when you get up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × seat modules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × ottomans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBack cushions and pillows, as shown in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists two packed sub-items. It does not publish a written list of the loose cushions, and its packing lines are not clear enough for us to give each carton's size with confidence. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if you need carton sizes to check access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are the supplier's figures. The metric values are our conversions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e129.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e168\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct weight is 157.63 lb (71.5 kg). Seat height, seat depth and the size of each module are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modular sectional sofa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeats:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, plus 2 ottomans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Listed as velvet. See the note on fabric below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slow-release foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 lb (136 kg) per seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Antique grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModules:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each can be moved independently\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit Your Room?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 330 cm long this is one of the larger sofas we sell. Laid out as in the supplier's photos, with the ottomans in front, it needs a clear floor area of about 3.3 × 1.7 m, and you will want at least 60 cm of walking space on the open sides. Mark it out with tape before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the sofa is modular, you do not have to use it at full length. Four seats in a row with the ottomans elsewhere, an L shape, or two facing pairs are all possible. The supplier does not describe any connectors between modules. On a smooth floor, a rug underneath helps to stop them drifting apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLayout Ideas\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eU shape:\u003c\/strong\u003e An ottoman in front of each end seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eL shape with chaise:\u003c\/strong\u003e Both ottomans at one end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDaybed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ottomans pushed against two seats to make a flat surface for lying down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two seats in one room and two in another, with an ottoman each.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe fabric.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's listing contradicts itself. Its specification gives the main material as velvet. One of its feature lines says the cover is cotton and linen. Its close-up photo shows a soft, finely textured grey weave. We cannot tell you the fibre content, and we do not repeat either claim as fact. If the fabric matters to you, ask us to check with the supplier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Easy to clean\" and \"resists pilling\".\u003c\/strong\u003e These are the supplier's words, without evidence. It does not say whether the covers come off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExpansion.\u003c\/strong\u003e A sofa of this size at this weight and in two cartons is compressed for delivery. The supplier does not state an expansion time on this listing. Similar foam sofas need two to three days to reach full shape, so do not judge it on arrival.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeat count.\u003c\/strong\u003e Four seats and two ottomans. The ottomans add lounging room and are not counted as seats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight capacity.\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 lb per seat is the supplier's figure. No test standard is given.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Frame construction, seat height and depth, whether covers are removable, and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Modular Sofas\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Couch\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ecouch\u003c\/a\u003e made of separate modules is a different thing to live with from a fixed one. You can rearrange it when you move house, add a Christmas tree or have guests to stay, and you can carry it through a narrow door one piece at a time. The trade-off is that pieces can creep apart and the seams between seats are more noticeable than on a single-frame sofa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier gives no care instructions, so these are general guidelines for fabric sofas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum weekly with a soft brush attachment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlump and rotate loose cushions so they wear evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills at once with a clean, dry cloth, working from the outside in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest any cleaner on a hidden area first. Do not soak the fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the sofa out of direct sunlight and away from heaters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwap the positions of the modules a few times a year. The favourite seat always wears first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFamilies and shared households that want one big, soft sofa everyone can stretch out on, in a living room with the floor space to take it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 129.8 × 66.1 × 31.1 inches, or about 330 × 168 × 79 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pieces are there?\u003c\/strong\u003e Four seats and two ottomans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat fabric is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's listing is inconsistent. See the note above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight does a seat take?\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 lb, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is stated by the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Oversized Cloud Couch at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying a large item like this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/u-shaped-cloud-couch-chenille-modular-2-ottomans\"\u003eU-shaped cloud couch\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/modular-sectional-sofa-114-inch-boneless-boucle-curved\"\u003eModular sectional sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-sectional-sofa-5-seat-orange-eco-leather\"\u003eCurved sectional sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-couches\"\u003esofas and couches\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/069e8559-d7f4-4dd4-ad9e-cb216185881a.jpg\" alt=\"Oversized cloud couch in antique grey with four seats and two ottomans\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Antique Grey","offer_id":47172906647713,"sku":"CJFU28131400001","price":818.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/53a86c67-1e54-4ec3-a1d9-e362ff1fa70f.jpg?v=1789081980"},{"product_id":"folding-chair-bed-lazy-sofa-60cm-adjustable-backrest","title":"Folding Chair Bed – 60 cm Lazy Sofa with 6-Position Backrest, Corduroy or Cotton-Linen","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFolding Chair Bed – 60 cm Lazy Sofa with 6-Position Backrest\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis folding chair bed is a single-seat floor sofa, 60 cm wide, with a backrest that adjusts through six positions from an upright 105 degrees to completely flat. Folded up it is a deep, cushioned chair. Laid flat it becomes a narrow bed. Easy Life Markets sells it in two corduroy colours and two printed cotton-linen designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier calls it a lazy sofa, which is a fair name. It is a thick, soft seat that sits directly on the floor, with a plump back cushion you can set to whatever angle suits reading, gaming, watching a film or sleeping. The supplier's photos show it in a small living room and bedroom, in cream with a brown stripe down the centre.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × lazy sofa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lamps, books and headphones in the supplier's photos are props.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Folding floor sofa and chair bed, single\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 cm (23.6 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackrest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 positions, from 105° to 180°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corduroy, or cotton-linen, by option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-elastic sponge and polyester fibre, as shown in the supplier's graphics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Four Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeige:\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's \"milky white\" corduroy. In its photos this is a cream chair with a brown stripe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark Green:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark green corduroy, with a contrast stripe in the supplier's photo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInk Flower Branch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cotton-linen with an ink-painting print of flowering branches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInk Landscape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cotton-linen with an ink-painting landscape print.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorduroy is the softer and warmer of the two fabrics, with a fine ribbed pile. The supplier describes the cotton-linen as breathable. It is a flat, cool weave that suits warm rooms. Check the photo that appears when you select an option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Six Positions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's diagram shows the backrest clicking through six angles and suggests a use for each:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMost upright, about 105°, for reading and homework\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlightly reclined, for gaming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReclined, for watching television\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurther back, for listening to music and resting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNearly flat, for a nap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat at 180°, as a bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not describe the mechanism in words. Floor sofas of this kind normally use a ratchet hinge: you lift the back to click it up through the positions, and push it fully forward to release it back to flat. Keep fingers away from the hinge when adjusting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize: What We Know and Do Not Know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe only measurement the supplier states is the width, 60 cm. It does not give the seat depth, the length when flat, the thickness of the cushion, the weight or a weight limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat means we cannot tell you whether it is long enough for you to sleep on at full stretch. If you plan to use it as a bed, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e for the flat length before ordering. At 60 cm wide it is narrower than a standard single mattress, so even at its best it is a bed for one person and for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive or six positions.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text and its backrest diagram both say six. One of its other graphics says five. We go with six, as the more detailed source.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"No collapse after sitting for a long time\".\u003c\/strong\u003e This phrase appears in the supplier's option names. It is a claim about the filling keeping its shape. No evidence is given, and all soft-fill seating compresses with use. Plump it regularly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Single\/Double seat\".\u003c\/strong\u003e One of the supplier's graphics mentions single and double versions. Only the 60 cm single is offered here.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloor level.\u003c\/strong\u003e The seat is on the floor. Getting down and up takes more effort than with a normal chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame.\u003c\/strong\u003e A ratcheting backrest needs a metal frame inside. The supplier does not describe it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCovers.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say whether the cover is removable or washable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Folding Seat-Beds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kind of seat is a relative of the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Futon\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003efuton\u003c\/a\u003e, the Japanese bedding that is laid on the floor at night and folded away by day. The Western sofa-style futon and the folding floor sofa both take the same idea, one padded surface that serves for sitting and sleeping, and add a hinge so the back can be propped up. They suit small homes where a room has to do more than one job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a studio flat or bedsit, as the main easy chair and a spare bed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a bedroom corner or under a window, as a reading seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a games room or teenager's room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a home office, for a break away from the desk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it on a rug or carpet. On a hard floor a legless seat can slide when you lean back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier gives no care instructions, so these are general guidelines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum with a soft brush attachment. On corduroy, work along the ribs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills at once with a clean, dry cloth, and spot clean with a damp cloth and mild soap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not soak the seat or machine wash it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlump the back cushion and turn the seat round now and then.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from heaters, flames and strong sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow wide is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is it when flat?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not state the length. Ask us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many positions does the back have?\u003c\/strong\u003e Six, from 105° to flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have legs?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It sits on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded piece from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Folding Chair Bed at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your option above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-sofa-bed-convertible-corduroy-sleeper-chair\"\u003eFolding sofa bed\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tatami-floor-chair-folding-lazy-sofa-small-apartments\"\u003eTatami floor chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-floor-chair-legless-sofa-backrest-armrests\"\u003eFolding floor chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-couches\"\u003esofas and couches\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/furniture\"\u003efurniture\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/8a604e30-a85c-4cbc-8e88-8c0e9e8ef946.jpg\" alt=\"Folding chair bed in cream corduroy with brown stripe, set up as a floor sofa\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Beige \/ 60CM","offer_id":47172908220577,"sku":"CJYD239144002BY","price":172.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Green \/ 60CM","offer_id":47172908253345,"sku":"CJYD239144001AZ","price":172.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ink Flower Branch \/ 60CM","offer_id":47172908286113,"sku":"CJYD239144003CX","price":172.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ink Landscape \/ 60CM","offer_id":47172908318881,"sku":"CJYD239144004DW","price":172.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/c345035a-5df1-4fd8-b86b-db08f78b85ba.jpg?v=1789082098"},{"product_id":"tatami-floor-chair-folding-lazy-sofa-small-apartments","title":"Tatami Floor Chair – Folding Lazy Sofa Chair for Small Apartments, 9 Options","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTatami Floor Chair – Folding Lazy Sofa Chair for Small Apartments\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis tatami floor chair is a padded, folding, single seat for sitting at floor level, with a backrest to lean on. It is about 47 to 48 cm wide, depending on the version. Easy Life Markets sells nine options, which cover four different versions of the chair in several fabrics and colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA floor chair gives you a comfortable place to read, meditate, watch television or work at a low table without taking up the room a normal armchair needs, and it folds away when you want the floor back. The supplier lists it as a multifunctional, foldable chair for adults, in a modern minimalist style, for the living room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × sofa chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three \"lumbar pillow\" options are listed by the supplier as including a lumbar support. The laptop, books and cups in the supplier's photos are props.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePlease Read the Options First\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nine options are not nine colours of one chair. Going by the supplier's own option names, they are four versions, and the versions differ in shape, padding and price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOption on this page\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupplier's version name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown lumbar pillow, Dark gray lumbar pillow, Lemon yellow lumbar pillow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReading Meditation Premium Edition Tatami, with lumbar support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBreathable velvet beige, brown, light gray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpgraded Thickened 4-Level Tatami, breathable velvet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCat resistant beige, light gray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAfternoon Tea Break Edition Thick Floor Chair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlush beige\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBasic Portable Floor Chair, velvet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's photos show noticeably different chairs, including one with a bolster headrest on a shaped base, one with a square quilted back and seat, and a longer lounger with a leg rest. It does not label every photo with a version name. Look closely at the photo that appears when you select an option, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering if you are not sure which chair an option is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Folding floor chair, single\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 47 or 48 cm (18.5 or 18.9 in), by version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester fibre over high-elastic sponge, as shown in the supplier's graphics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Multifunctional, foldable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modern minimalist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eListed for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adults\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eListed use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Living room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize: What Is Not Stated\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe width is the only measurement the supplier gives. It does not state the seat depth, the back height, the length when laid flat, the folded size, the weight or a weight limit for any version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 47 to 48 cm wide, the seat is about the width of a dining chair. It is a compact, one-person seat. If you are tall or broad, or you want to lie flat on it, ask us for the full measurements of the version you are considering before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackrest positions.\u003c\/strong\u003e One version is named \"4-Level\", and a supplier graphic for the velvet chair mentions six positions. The supplier does not give the number of positions for each option. Expect an adjustable back, and ask us if the exact number matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Cat scratch resistant and stain-resistant\".\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the supplier's description of the fabric on two options. No test is given. A tightly woven fabric is harder for claws to catch than a looped or plush one, but no upholstery is proof against a determined cat, and we make no claim that it is.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Breathable velvet\".\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a short-pile, velvety fabric. The fibre is not stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Tatami\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The word is used here to mean a floor-level seat in the Japanese manner. The chair is not made of tatami matting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame.\u003c\/strong\u003e An adjustable back needs a metal frame and ratchet hinges. The supplier does not describe them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCovers.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say whether any cover is removable or washable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloor level.\u003c\/strong\u003e Getting down to a floor seat and up again takes more effort than a normal chair. It is not ideal for anyone with knee, hip or back trouble.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Tatami Seating\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Tatami\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eTatami\u003c\/a\u003e are the woven straw mats that floor traditional Japanese rooms. People sit, eat and sleep directly on them, and furniture for such rooms is low or legless. The folding floor chair grew out of that way of living. It has been adopted widely for small modern flats, because one room can be a sitting room by day and a bedroom by night when the furniture folds flat or stacks in a corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing a Version\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor long reading or meditation sessions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's \"Reading Meditation Premium\" version, which is the widest and comes with a lumbar support. It is also the most expensive of the four.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor general lounging:\u003c\/strong\u003e The \"Upgraded Thickened\" velvet version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor homes with pets:\u003c\/strong\u003e The \"Afternoon Tea Break\" version in the tighter fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor occasional use and easy storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e The \"Basic Portable\" version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese suggestions follow the supplier's version names. The price shown on this page changes with the option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt a low coffee table, for laptop work, tea or board games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn front of the television or a games console.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a bedroom, dormitory or studio flat where there is no room for an armchair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy a window, as a reading corner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it on a rug or carpet. On a hard, smooth floor a legless chair can slide when you lean back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier gives no care instructions, so these are general guidelines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum with a soft brush attachment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills at once with a clean, dry cloth, and spot clean with a damp cloth and a little mild soap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not soak the chair or machine wash it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFold and adjust it by the frame, keeping fingers clear of the hinges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from heaters, flames and strong sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow wide is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 47 or 48 cm, depending on the version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre all nine options the same chair?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. They cover four versions. See the table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the back adjust?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The number of positions varies by version and is not stated for each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it really cat-proof?\u003c\/strong\u003e No fabric is. The supplier describes two options as scratch resistant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded chair from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Tatami Floor Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your option above, after checking its photo. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-floor-chair-legless-sofa-backrest-armrests\"\u003eFolding floor chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-chair-bed-lazy-sofa-60cm-adjustable-backrest\"\u003eFolding chair bed\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-sofa-bed-convertible-corduroy-sleeper-chair\"\u003eFolding sofa bed\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-couches\"\u003esofas and couches\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/ed5a0aa6-d4b2-454f-8f09-fe4b2e08884d_trans.jpg\" alt=\"Tatami floor chair in orange-brown velvet with square quilted back and seat\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Breathable velvet beige","offer_id":47172909695137,"sku":"CJYD261387704DW","price":127.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Breathable velvet brown","offer_id":47172909727905,"sku":"CJYD261387705EV","price":127.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Breathable velvet light gray","offer_id":47172909760673,"sku":"CJYD261387706FU","price":127.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown   lumbar pillow","offer_id":47172909793441,"sku":"CJYD261387701AZ","price":162.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cat resistant beige","offer_id":47172909826209,"sku":"CJYD261387707GT","price":146.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cat resistant light gray","offer_id":47172909858977,"sku":"CJYD261387708HS","price":146.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark gray  lumbar pillow","offer_id":47172909891745,"sku":"CJYD261387702BY","price":162.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lemon yellow  lumbar pillow","offer_id":47172909924513,"sku":"CJYD261387703CX","price":162.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Plush beige","offer_id":47172909957281,"sku":"CJYD261387709IR","price":117.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/23f26daa-c8d9-4d0a-9e25-758d8722757a_trans.jpg?v=1789082220"},{"product_id":"recliner-loveseat-manual-center-console-cup-holders","title":"Recliner Loveseat – Manual Reclining 2-Seater with Centre Console and 4 Cup Holders, Brown","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRecliner Loveseat – Manual Two-Seater with Centre Console and Cup Holders\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis recliner loveseat seats two people side by side, with a storage console between them and a separate manual recline on each seat. It is 65.5 inches (166.5 cm) wide, finished in brown, and each seat tips back from about 105 to 140 degrees when you pull the lever. Easy Life Markets sells it in the one colour shown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA reclining two-seater suits a television room, a den or a smaller living room where a full reclining sofa would not fit. The supplier's photos show one seat fully reclined with the footrest up while the other stays upright, so the two halves work independently. The console in the middle keeps drinks, remotes and phones within reach of both seats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × two-seat reclining loveseat with centre console\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's dimension photo states that it ships in three boxes, which may arrive separately. Some assembly is therefore needed. Reclining sofas of this type normally have backs that slot onto the base, but the supplier does not describe the steps or list any tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e166.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall depth, upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e92\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e104\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.38\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength when fully reclined\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e161\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe same photo prints the seat width as \"22.83 in \/ 53 cm\". Those two figures do not agree with each other, since 22.83 inches is 58 cm, so take the width of each seat as somewhere between 53 and 58 cm. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if you need it confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two-seat manual recliner with centre console\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecline:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 105° to 140°, lever operated, each seat separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal reclining base with multi-layer wood, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-density foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Listed as leather. See the note below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Centre console compartment, side pockets and front pockets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCup holders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated weight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 330 lb (150 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e None needed. The recline is manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure before you order. A reclining seat needs clear space both behind and in front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn the room.\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright, it is 92 cm deep. Fully reclined, the supplier gives 161 cm from the top of the back to the end of the footrest. Allow that much, plus room to walk past.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBehind it.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say how far from the wall it must stand. Unless a recliner is described as a wall-hugger, expect to leave a gap so the back can tip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThrough the door.\u003c\/strong\u003e Three boxes are easier to carry in than one assembled sofa, but the box sizes are not stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe cover.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier calls it \"soft, skin-friendly leather\" and does not say whether that means genuine hide, bonded leather or a leather-look material. We have not been able to confirm which, so please do not buy it on the assumption that it is genuine leather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight capacity.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text says each reclining couch supports up to 330 lb (150 kg). It is not clear whether that is per seat or for the whole loveseat. We would treat it as the total.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManual, not powered.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists no motors, USB ports, massage or heating. You recline by pulling the lever and close the footrest by pushing it down with your legs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo seats, not three.\u003c\/strong\u003e The console sits between the seats in every photo, and the supplier does not describe it as removable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Net weight, box sizes, wall clearance and whether the back locks at set angles between upright and fully reclined.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow a Manual Recliner Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Recliner\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003erecliner\u003c\/a\u003e is a seat whose back tilts while a footrest rises in front. On a manual model, a lever or handle releases a steel linkage under the seat and your body weight does the rest. The supplier's photo labels three positions: about 105° for reading or working on a laptop, 125° for watching television and 140° for a nap. To sit up, lean forward and press the footrest down with your calves until it latches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLiving With It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep children's fingers and pets clear of the footrest and the linkage underneath when opening or closing a seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not sit on the raised footrest or on the armrests. They are not built to carry a person's full weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose both footrests before you stand up, and before moving the loveseat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe cup holders suit cups, cans and bottles. Wipe spills straight away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a soft, dry cloth and wipe marks with a slightly damp one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid solvent cleaners, bleach and abrasive pads on leather or leather-look surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it out of strong direct sunlight and away from heaters, which dry and fade the cover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the fixings after the first few weeks and tighten anything that has worked loose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCouples, small households and anyone setting up a media room who wants two reclining seats without the footprint of a three-seater. It is a large piece, so it suits a permanent spot better than a room you rearrange often.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the seats recline separately?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The photos show one seat reclined while the other is upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it electric?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is a manual, lever-operated recliner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow wide is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 65.5 inches (166.5 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it real leather?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says leather without giving the type. We cannot confirm it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded loveseat from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Recliner Loveseat at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, as this is a large item to send back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-sectional-sofa-5-seat-orange-eco-leather\"\u003eCurved sectional sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/oversized-cloud-couch-129-inch-modular-2-ottomans\"\u003eOversized cloud couch\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-accent-chair-wood-frame-lumbar-pillow\"\u003eMid century modern accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-couches\"\u003esofas and couches\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/75227e9e-ac06-427e-8eed-b316a5d9e2fa.jpg\" alt=\"Recliner loveseat in brown, front view with centre console and cup holders\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Brown","offer_id":47172912119969,"sku":"CJFU26426000001","price":1079.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/8b23439a-81f1-4195-983f-e093a82955a5.jpg?v=1789082399"},{"product_id":"swivel-accent-chair-blue-linen-look-adjustable-height","title":"Swivel Accent Chair – Blue Linen-Look Tub Chair with Adjustable Height, 45–57 cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSwivel Accent Chair – Blue Linen-Look Tub Chair with Adjustable Height\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis swivel accent chair is a rounded tub chair in blue linen-look fabric on a polished round metal base. It turns through a full 360 degrees, the seat adjusts from 45 to 57 cm high on a gas lift, and it comes with a seat cushion and a small back cushion. Easy Life Markets sells it in the one colour shown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt works as an occasional chair in a living room, a seat at a dressing table or a comfortable chair at a bedroom desk. The curved back wraps round to form the arms, with vertical channel stitching inside, and the pedestal base means there are no legs to catch a rug. At 60 cm across, it fits where a full armchair would not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × accent chair, with seat cushion and small back cushion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes it as easy to assemble. A chair of this design normally comes as a seat shell, a gas lift column and a base that push or bolt together, but the supplier does not list the steps or tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification and size diagram.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79 – 91\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.1 – 35.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height from floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 – 57\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.7 – 22.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stated maximum load is 136 kg (about 300 lb).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swivel tub chair with gas lift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Linen-look fabric, 100% polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sponge foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Round metal base with an electroplated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwivel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 360°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeat height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable, 45 to 57 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier item label:\u003c\/strong\u003e 833-757V72BU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Linen\" means linen-look.\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title says linen fabric. The supplier's own specification gives the material as 100% polyester with a linen feel. It contains no flax linen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe back is low.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 35.5 cm, the backrest supports the lower and middle back. It does not reach the shoulders or head, so this is a chair for sitting upright, not for dozing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Lumbar support\"\u003c\/strong\u003e in the original title refers to the small loose back cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt has a fixed base, not wheels.\u003c\/strong\u003e The chair turns on the spot. It does not roll, so you lift it to move it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe blue.\u003c\/strong\u003e In the supplier's photos it is a muted mid-blue with a slight grey tone and a visible weave. Screens vary, so allow for some difference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e The chair's weight, the base diameter and whether the covers come off for washing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Swivel Chairs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Swivel_chair\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eswivel chair\u003c\/a\u003e has a single central support that lets the seat turn without the base moving. In a living room that means you can face the sofa, the television or the window from the same spot. At a dressing table it lets you turn to a mirror or a drawer without shuffling the chair. The gas lift under this seat adds height adjustment, which is unusual for an accent chair and makes it easier to match to a table or vanity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiving room:\u003c\/strong\u003e As an extra seat beside a sofa or in a reading corner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBedroom:\u003c\/strong\u003e At a dressing table. Set the seat so your knees clear the underside of the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHome office:\u003c\/strong\u003e For shorter spells at a desk. Without wheels or a tall back, it is less suited to a full working day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReception or salon:\u003c\/strong\u003e As a visitor's chair that looks softer than office seating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost dressing tables and desks stand about 72 to 76 cm high. With the seat between 45 and 57 cm, you have room to find a comfortable gap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSensible Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand it on a level floor so the round base sits flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSit down into the seat. Do not perch on the arms or the back edge, which can tip a pedestal chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not let children spin on it or stand on the seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not open or heat the gas lift cylinder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFelt pads under the base help protect wooden floors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum the fabric with a soft brush attachment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills at once with a clean, dry cloth. Do not rub them in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean marks with a little mild soap on a damp cloth, testing a hidden area first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the metal base with a soft, dry cloth to keep the shine. Avoid abrasive cleaners, which scratch plating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it out of strong sunlight to slow fading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone furnishing a small living room, a bedroom corner or a dressing area who wants a compact chair with a bit of colour. It suits people who prefer a firm, upright seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have wheels?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It swivels on a fixed round base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow high does the seat go?\u003c\/strong\u003e From 45 to 57 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the fabric real linen?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is polyester with a linen look and feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight limit?\u003c\/strong\u003e 136 kg, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not name a brand in the listing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Swivel Accent Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-accent-chair-wood-frame-lumbar-pillow\"\u003eMid century modern accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/counter-height-bar-stools-set-of-3-white-25-inch\"\u003eCounter height bar stools\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/recliner-loveseat-manual-center-console-cup-holders\"\u003eRecliner loveseat\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedroom\"\u003ebedroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/0f881253-7127-4782-ae10-4fb802464954.jpg\" alt=\"Swivel accent chair in blue linen-look fabric on a round metal base in a living room\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":47172929192097,"sku":"CJCJ26713420001","price":128.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/ba0c6a27-1aa5-4a25-b0b8-9d53ce06f800.jpg?v=1789083628"},{"product_id":"mid-century-modern-accent-chair-wood-frame-lumbar-pillow","title":"Mid Century Modern Accent Chair – Rubberwood Frame Armchair with Lumbar Pillow, 3 Colours","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMid Century Modern Accent Chair – Wood Frame Armchair with Lumbar Pillow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mid century modern accent chair pairs an open wooden frame with thick loose seat and back cushions and a matching lumbar pillow. The supplier gives its size as 25.2 inches wide, 29.92 inches deep and about 30 inches high, with a frame made of rubberwood. Easy Life Markets sells it in beige, dark green and grey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe style is the low, angled lounge chair of the 1950s and 60s: slim arms, splayed back legs and a seat that tilts you slightly backwards. It suits a reading corner, a bedroom, a study or the spot beside a sofa that needs one more seat. The supplier's photos show the frame in a warm walnut-brown finish on all three colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not provide a packing list. The photos and description show the chair frame, a seat cushion, a back cushion and a lumbar pillow. The package measures 30.31 × 9.05 × 24.40 inches, which is far flatter than the finished chair, so it arrives flat-packed and needs assembling. The supplier does not list the tools or steps. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want them confirmed before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification table and dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29.92\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29.92 – 30.31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76 – 77\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.03\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.49\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height from floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.73\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat cushion thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.53\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArmrest height from floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBack cushion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.23 × 15.28\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59 × 38.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe table gives the height as 30.31 inches and the photo as 29.92 inches, so we show both. The chair weighs 26.46 lb (12 kg), and 29.54 lb (13.4 kg) packed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Armchair with open wooden frame and loose cushions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubberwood, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-resilience foam in the seat and back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fabric, described by the supplier as breathable and soft to the touch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackrest angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 105°, according to the supplier's photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated weight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 lb (113 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non-slip pads shown in the supplier's photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beige, Dark Green, Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Three Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeige:\u003c\/strong\u003e A pale cream in the photos. It brightens a room and shows marks soonest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark Green:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the photos this reads as an olive or moss green, not a deep bottle green.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrey:\u003c\/strong\u003e A soft mid-grey with a slightly blue cast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScreens show colour differently, so treat the photos as a guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe fabric.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier calls it breathable and skin-friendly and does not name the fibre. In the photos it has a soft, slightly textured surface. We have not confirmed what it is made of.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title says \"solid wooden frame\" and the description says rubberwood. Rubberwood is a real hardwood. The supplier does not say whether every part is solid timber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe back does not adjust.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 105° angle is fixed. This is not a recliner or a rocking chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe cushions.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say whether the covers unzip for washing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt sits low.\u003c\/strong\u003e The seat is 42.5 cm from the floor and slopes back. That is comfortable for lounging, and less easy to get out of than a dining-height chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fabric composition, whether covers are removable, and assembly details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Style\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Mid-century_modern\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eMid-century modern\u003c\/a\u003e is the name given to the design movement of roughly the 1940s to the 1960s, which favoured clean lines, visible timber and furniture light enough to see under and around. An open-framed lounge chair is one of its best-known shapes. Because the frame is slim and the legs are exposed, a chair like this takes up less visual space than a fully upholstered armchair of the same width, which helps in a small room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Put It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeside a window or a floor lamp, as a reading chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt an angle to a sofa, to close off a seating group.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a bedroom, as somewhere to sit and put on shoes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a study or home office, for visitors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn a covered balcony in dry weather. Bring the cushions indoors afterwards, as nothing in the listing says the fabric or wood is treated for outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow about 64 cm of width and 76 cm of depth on the floor, plus space in front for your legs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum the cushions with a soft brush attachment and turn them now and then so they wear evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills straight away with a clean, dry cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust the frame with a soft cloth. Wipe sticky marks with a barely damp one and dry the wood afterwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from radiators and strong sunlight, which dry timber and fade fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the frame bolts a few weeks after assembly and tighten any that have loosened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who wants a light, good-looking armchair for a living room, bedroom or study without the bulk of a recliner. It is easy for one person to move at 12 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. It ships flat-packed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it recline or rock?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The back is fixed at 105°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the lumbar pillow included?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is shown and described with the chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 lb (113 kg), according to the supplier's photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded chair from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Accent Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your colour above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/swivel-accent-chair-blue-linen-look-adjustable-height\"\u003eSwivel accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/recliner-loveseat-manual-center-console-cup-holders\"\u003eRecliner loveseat\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/modular-sectional-sofa-114-inch-boneless-boucle-curved\"\u003eModular sectional sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/46fbaf8e-ac67-48f4-80ff-def2dd2d5977.jpg\" alt=\"Mid century modern accent chair in dark green with wood frame and lumbar pillow\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Beige","offer_id":47172931879073,"sku":"CJJT255687701AZ","price":130.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Green","offer_id":47172931911841,"sku":"CJJT255687702BY","price":131.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey","offer_id":47172931944609,"sku":"CJJT255687703CX","price":130.91,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/e5653bee-c8a6-44ba-99ad-91ba36a5aac3.jpg?v=1789083950"},{"product_id":"counter-height-bar-stools-set-of-3-white-25-inch","title":"Counter Height Bar Stools – Set of 3 with Wrap-Around Back and Arms, 25 Inch Seat, White","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCounter Height Bar Stools – Set of 3 with Wrap-Around Back, White\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese counter height bar stools come as a set of three, each with a 25 inch seat height, a padded wrap-around back that doubles as armrests, and a black metal frame on a curved base. Each stool measures 22.24 × 20.28 × 34.25 inches. Easy Life Markets sells the set in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe barrel shape is what sets them apart from a plain stool. The back curves round both sides at one height, so you sit inside it with support behind and beside you. That makes a long breakfast, a laptop session at the island or an evening with guests far more comfortable than perching on a backless seat. Three stools suit a typical kitchen island or a length of breakfast bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 × bar stools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stools need assembling. The supplier describes it as simple and beginner-friendly and says the tools are included, but does not list the steps or the hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures are for one stool and come from the supplier's dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.24\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.28\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34.25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height from floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat width, inside the back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.93\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe photo also marks 16.14 inches (41 cm) on the frame between the seat and the lower cross bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 stools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Counter-height stool with wrap-around back and arms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thickened iron tube with a sprayed black finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Curved floor rail joining the legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpholstery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Short plush fabric over thick padding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated weight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 350 lb (159 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwivel:\u003c\/strong\u003e None shown or stated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill They Suit Your Counter?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStool height matters more than anything else here, so measure your counter first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCounter height, not bar height.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 25 inch seat is made for a worktop or island about 35 to 37 inches (89 to 94 cm) high. The usual rule is to leave 9 to 12 inches between the seat and the underside of the counter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eToo low for a tall bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e A bar at 40 to 42 inches needs stools with a seat of about 30 inches. These will feel low there.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each stool is 22.24 inches wide. Allow at least 26 to 28 inches per stool, measured centre to centre, so people can get in and out. Three stools therefore want about 2 metres of counter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTucking in.\u003c\/strong\u003e The top of the back is 34.25 inches from the floor. Check that against the underside of your counter if you want to push them in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite plush shows marks.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says a wipe with a dry cloth keeps the fabric clean and calls it wrinkle-resistant and hair-resistant. We pass that on as the supplier's description. In a kitchen, white upholstery will pick up food and drink stains, so think about how the stools will be used.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe fabric.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is described only as short plush. The fibre is not named, and the supplier does not say whether the covers come off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says the sprayed finish resists rust and scratches. We have not tested that, and no stool finish is proof against being dragged over grit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixed height.\u003c\/strong\u003e There is no gas lift. The seat height cannot be changed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e The weight of each stool, the fabric composition, the package size and whether floor protectors are fitted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Bar Stools\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Bar_stool\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ebar stool\u003c\/a\u003e is a tall seat with a footrest, made for use at a raised surface. Stools are generally sold in two heights. Counter-height stools, like these, sit at around 24 to 26 inches for kitchen worktops. Bar-height stools sit at around 28 to 30 inches for taller bars. The cross bar low on the frame of this stool gives your feet somewhere to rest, which takes the pressure off the backs of your thighs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLiving With Them\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand them on a level floor so the curved base rail sits flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift a stool to move it. Dragging a metal base scratches wood, laminate and vinyl. Stick-on felt pads help.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSit down into the seat. Do not stand on a stool or sit on the back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupervise young children, as with any tall seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the bolts a few weeks after assembly and tighten any that have loosened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush or vacuum the plush with a soft attachment to lift crumbs and dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills straight away with a clean, dry cloth. Do not rub them in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor marks, use a little mild soap on a damp white cloth and test a hidden spot first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the frame with a dry or slightly damp cloth and dry it afterwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the stools out of strong sunlight, which yellows white fabric over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho They Suit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHouseholds with a kitchen island or breakfast bar at standard worktop height who want seats comfortable enough to linger on. The set of three suits families and open-plan kitchens. They also work at a counter-height table in a home office or games room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many stools are in the set?\u003c\/strong\u003e Three.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the seat height?\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 inches (63.5 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they swivel or adjust?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The frame is fixed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e 350 lb (159 kg), according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. They are unbranded stools from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Bar Stools at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/swivel-accent-chair-blue-linen-look-adjustable-height\"\u003eSwivel accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-accent-chair-wood-frame-lumbar-pillow\"\u003eMid century modern accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/kitchen-dining\"\u003ekitchen and dining\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/6b0139f8-1f11-443d-bff5-4ac7f85a84cf.jpg\" alt=\"Counter height bar stools, set of three in white with wrap-around backs and black metal frames\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":47172934271137,"sku":"CJFU26556490001","price":401.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/6b0139f8-1f11-443d-bff5-4ac7f85a84cf.jpg?v=1789084094"},{"product_id":"pumpkin-chair-with-footstool-round-single-sofa-lounge","title":"Pumpkin Chair with Footstool – Round Single Sofa Lounge Chair Set, Compressed Foam","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePumpkin Chair with Footstool – Round Single Sofa Lounge Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pumpkin chair is a round, deeply segmented lounge seat made entirely of foam, sold together with a matching round footstool. The chair measures about 110 × 105 × 70 cm and the footstool about 61 × 61 × 34 cm, both covered in a soft fabric the supplier calls cloud velvet. Easy Life Markets sells the set in the one colour shown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe shape does the work here. Fat, rounded segments rise around you like the ribs of a pumpkin, so the back and sides hold you in from every direction. There are no legs, no hard frame and no sharp corners. It is a seat for curling up with a book, watching a film or putting your feet up at the end of the day, and the supplier's photos show it in living rooms, bedrooms and on a covered porch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × foam chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × foam footstool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × user manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists this as \"1 set of sponge sofa\" and one manual. The set arrives compressed and vacuum sealed in a box, which is explained below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize and Weight\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification. They are approximate, because foam is measured by hand and recovers slightly differently each time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePiece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChair (width × depth × height)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 × 105 × 70\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43.3 × 41.3 × 27.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFootstool (width × depth × height)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 × 61 × 34\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 × 24 × 13.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe set weighs about 25.4 kg (56 lb). The seat height and the weight limit are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single sofa chair with footstool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foam throughout, listed as \"pure sponge\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cloud velvet, a soft plush fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame and legs:\u003c\/strong\u003e None described. The pieces sit directly on the floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown, according to the supplier. See the note below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery form:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compressed and vacuum sealed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUnpacking a Compressed Foam Chair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo keep the box small, the foam is squeezed flat and sealed in plastic. That is normal for all-foam furniture and does it no harm, but it means the chair will not look right the moment you open it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen the box in the room where the chair will live. Once it expands, it is 110 cm wide and awkward to carry through a doorway.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCut the plastic carefully, with the blade pointing away from the fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLet both pieces rest. The supplier asks for 48 hours for the foam to return to its full shape and size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePat and knead any flat areas to help air back into the foam. A cold room slows recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA faint smell from the packaging is common at first. Airing the room clears it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier adds that the final size may vary slightly after unpacking because of how foam rebounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe colour.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's colour is \"Brown\". In the supplier's photos the fabric is a warm rust or terracotta shade, lighter and more orange than a chocolate brown. Screens differ too, so expect something in that range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe fabric.\u003c\/strong\u003e \"Cloud velvet\" is a trade name for a soft, short-pile plush. In the photos it has a nubbly, fleecy texture. The fibre is not stated. The supplier describes it as soft and breathable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe cover.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say whether the cover can be removed for washing. Assume it cannot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is low and soft.\u003c\/strong\u003e With no frame, you sink into it. That is the appeal, but it also means getting up takes more effort than from an ordinary armchair. It may not suit anyone with knee, hip or back trouble.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Ergonomic\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier uses the word. We would simply say it is comfortable to lounge in. It is not a posture chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foam density, weight limit, seat height and fabric composition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Footstool\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe footstool is a low, round, padded seat of the kind usually called an \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Ottoman_(furniture)\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eottoman\u003c\/a\u003e: a stool with no back or arms, used as a footrest or an extra seat. This one matches the chair's segmented shape. Pulled up in front, it turns the chair into a lounger. Set to one side, it gives a guest somewhere to perch. Being all foam, it is easy to move around the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Put It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a living room corner, as a reading seat beside a lamp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a bedroom, where a soft shape suits the room better than a framed chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a teenager's room, games room or snug.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a home office, for a break away from the desk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn a covered porch or terrace in dry weather. Foam and plush hold water, so bring it indoors afterwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow a floor area of about 110 × 105 cm for the chair, plus 61 cm in front for the footstool when it is in use. A rug underneath stops a legless chair sliding on a smooth floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum the fabric with a soft brush attachment to lift dust and pet hair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills straight away with a clean, dry cloth. Do not rub them in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean marks with a little mild soap on a damp cloth, testing a hidden spot first, and let the fabric dry in the air.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not soak the foam. It takes a long time to dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the chair now and then so it wears and fades evenly, and keep it away from heaters and open flames.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReaders, loungers, students and anyone who wants a statement seat that is soft all over. It is a good fit for homes with children, since there is nothing hard to bump into.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the footstool included?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The chair and footstool are sold as a set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the chair?\u003c\/strong\u003e About 110 × 105 × 70 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does it arrive flat?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is vacuum compressed for shipping. Allow 48 hours for it to recover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have a frame?\u003c\/strong\u003e None is described. It is listed as pure foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded set from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Pumpkin Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/swivel-accent-chair-blue-linen-look-adjustable-height\"\u003eSwivel accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-accent-chair-wood-frame-lumbar-pillow\"\u003eMid century modern accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-floor-chair-legless-sofa-backrest-armrests\"\u003eFolding floor chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/b81bc587-db00-4325-8595-45ff10f2649f.jpg\" alt=\"Pumpkin chair with matching footstool on a rug in a bedroom\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Default","offer_id":47172935057569,"sku":"CJFU28685510001","price":256.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/acb1f286-c4f4-4f46-8d9e-a570a9887a14.jpg?v=1789084246"},{"product_id":"round-tripod-side-table-small-35cm-wood-legs","title":"Round Tripod Side Table – Small 35 cm Table with Wooden Legs, White or Wood Colour","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRound Tripod Side Table – Small 35 cm Table with Wooden Legs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis round tripod side table is a small, light occasional table with a 35 cm round top on three splayed wooden legs, standing 42 cm high. It comes with a white top or a wood-coloured top. Easy Life Markets sells it as a simple sofa-side, bedside or plant table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the kind of table you move around the house. Put it at the arm of a sofa for a cup of coffee, beside a bed for a book and a phone, or under a window for a plant. Three legs sit steady on a slightly uneven floor where four would rock, and the whole thing is small enough to tuck into a corner. The supplier's photos show it beside a grey sofa with a cup and a small plate on top, which is about the right load for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not provide a packing list. The photos show a round top with three metal mounting plates on its underside and three legs, each with a threaded metal stud at the top. The legs screw into the plates by hand, so assembly should take a few minutes and need no tools. The supplier does not confirm this in writing, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want it checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome of the supplier's photos are labelled \"40 × 45 cm\", and the size diagram shows both sizes. Only the 35 × 42 cm table is offered on this page. The weight and any weight limit are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small round side table on three legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Listed as solid wood. See the note below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e White, Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Living room, bedroom, study and similar indoor rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Two Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite:\u003c\/strong\u003e A plain white top on pale wooden legs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the supplier's name for the wood-coloured top. In the photos it is a light, honey-toned wood finish that matches the legs. It is not a painted yellow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is a side table.\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title called it a coffee table. At 35 cm across it holds a cup, a book and a lamp. It is too small to serve as the main table in front of a sofa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Solid wood\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists the material as solid wood. The legs in the photos look like turned timber. We cannot tell from the photos whether the top is solid timber or a wood-based board with a finish, and the supplier also lists \"edge banding: none\". Treat the top's construction as unconfirmed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is light.\u003c\/strong\u003e A small tripod table is easy to knock. Do not stand on it, sit on it or use it as a step, and keep heavy or hot items off it in homes with small children or pets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 42 cm the top sits a little below the arm of most sofas and level with a low bed. Check that against your own furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight, weight limit, the wood species and the type of paint or lacquer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Style\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA plain round top on three tapered, splayed legs is a shape closely associated with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Scandinavian_design\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eScandinavian design\u003c\/a\u003e, which favours simple forms, pale wood and furniture that does one job without fuss. That is why a table like this sits easily in most rooms. It does not compete with the sofa or the bed next to it, and the pale legs keep it from looking heavy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIdeas for Using It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSofa side:\u003c\/strong\u003e For a drink, the remote and a phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBedside:\u003c\/strong\u003e In a small bedroom where a full nightstand will not fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant stand:\u003c\/strong\u003e For one medium pot. Put a saucer under it to protect the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReading corner:\u003c\/strong\u003e Next to an armchair with a lamp on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChild's room:\u003c\/strong\u003e As a low table for a night light, kept clear of climbing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePutting It Together\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay the top face down on a towel or a piece of cardboard so the finish is not scratched.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrew each leg into its plate by hand until it is snug. Do not force it or use pliers on the wood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the table over and press down gently to check that all three feet touch the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the legs again after a week or two. Hand-tightened fittings can work loose as the wood settles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the top with a soft, slightly damp cloth and dry it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse coasters under cups and glasses. Water rings and heat marks spoil a painted or lacquered top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use abrasive cleaners or scouring pads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from radiators and out of strong sunlight, which can dry wood and fade a finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis is an indoor table. Do not leave it out in the rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone furnishing a small flat, a student room or a spare bedroom who wants an inexpensive, good-looking table that can move from room to room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e The top is 35 cm across and the table is 42 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colour is \"Yellow\"?\u003c\/strong\u003e A light wood colour, as shown in the photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e The legs screw into plates under the top. The supplier lists no tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is listed for indoor rooms only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded table from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Round Tripod Side Table at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your colour above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-pedestal-side-table-bobbin-leg-gloss\"\u003eRound pedestal side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-wood-side-table-geometric-base-50cm\"\u003eRound wood side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/acrylic-side-table-clear-shelf-x-legs-39cm\"\u003eAcrylic side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tables\"\u003etables\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/coffee-tables\"\u003ecoffee tables\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/7009450151559.jpg\" alt=\"Round tripod side table with white top and wooden legs beside a sofa\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"White \/ 35x42cm","offer_id":47172938039457,"sku":"CJJJJTJT40541-White-35x42cm","price":50.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow \/ 35x42cm","offer_id":47172938072225,"sku":"CJJJJTJT40541-Yellow-35x42cm","price":50.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/7009450151559.jpg?v=1789084527"},{"product_id":"metal-coffee-table-low-steel-lacquered-magazine-well","title":"Metal Coffee Table – Low Lacquered Steel Table with Centre Magazine Well, 115 x 80 cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMetal Coffee Table – Low Lacquered Steel Table with Centre Magazine Well\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis metal coffee table is a low, rectangular steel table with a baked gloss finish and a rectangular opening in the middle of the top that holds books and magazines. The top measures 1150 × 800 mm, and you choose a height of 260 mm or 380 mm, in black or white. Easy Life Markets sells all four combinations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a design piece first and a table second. The top is a thin, flat plane that appears to float just above the floor, and the cut-out in the centre drops into a well with one curved wall, so the things you keep in it become part of the look. The supplier's photos show the white version in a living room with a vase standing in the well, and the black version from above on a timber floor. It suits low, modern seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × side table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists the installation mode as \"complete installation\", which we read as supplied assembled. A steel table of this size is a large parcel. The supplier does not state the weight or the packed size, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering if access to your home is tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's diagram and specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMillimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight, low option\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight, tall option\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe size of the centre opening is not given. In the photos it holds a short stack of magazines or a few books standing upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low coffee table with centre storage well\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal, listed as steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Baked paint, described by the supplier as a car-paint, piano-lacquer process\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorners:\u003c\/strong\u003e Square\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modern and simple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 260 mm black, 260 mm white, 380 mm black, 380 mm white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the Height\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e260 mm.\u003c\/strong\u003e Very low, only a little above a thick rug. It suits floor cushions, low modular sofas and rooms where you want the table to sit below the line of the seating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e380 mm.\u003c\/strong\u003e Closer to a usual coffee table. It works with most sofas, whose seats are commonly around 400 to 450 mm from the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA simple rule is that a coffee table should be level with the sofa seat or a little lower. Measure your seat height before you choose. The two heights are priced differently, and the price shown updates when you pick one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is a coffee table.\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title called it a \"coffee side table\" and the packing list says side table. At 1150 × 800 mm it is a full-size centre table for in front of a sofa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel or stainless steel.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists the metal as steel and separately lists the \"finish material\" as stainless steel. We cannot tell which parts are which, and with a painted finish it makes little practical difference. We would not describe the whole table as stainless.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGloss finishes mark.\u003c\/strong\u003e A piano-style gloss looks sharp and shows fingerprints, dust and fine scratches, especially in black. Keys, ceramics and metal trays dragged across the top will leave lines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow edges.\u003c\/strong\u003e The top is thin with square corners, and at 260 mm it is easy to miss when walking through a room. Think about the position in homes with small children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrice.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is an expensive table. Please read the dimensions and the returns policy carefully before ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight, weight limit, steel thickness, the size of the opening and the packed dimensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Coffee Tables\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Coffee_table\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ecoffee table\u003c\/a\u003e is a low table placed in front of seating to hold drinks, books and whatever else is in use. Because it sits in the middle of the room, it is one of the pieces people notice first. A design with built-in storage, like the well in this one, keeps the surface clear without adding a shelf or drawer underneath, which is how this table stays so thin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePlacing It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave about 40 to 45 cm between the table and the front of the sofa, enough to walk past and still reach a cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAs a guide, a coffee table looks balanced at around two thirds of the sofa's length. At 1150 mm, this one suits a sofa of roughly 1.7 metres or more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut it on a rug or fit felt pads under the base. Steel on a hard floor scratches the floor and can be noisy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift it with two people. Do not drag it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a clean microfibre cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe marks with a soft cloth dampened with water and a drop of mild detergent, then dry the surface to avoid streaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever use abrasive pads, powder cleaners or solvent sprays on a lacquered finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse coasters and a tray for anything rough-based, hot or wet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTouch up chips promptly. Bare steel exposed by a deep scratch can rust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeople furnishing a modern or minimalist living room who want a striking low table and are prepared to look after a gloss finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the top?\u003c\/strong\u003e 1150 × 800 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the options?\u003c\/strong\u003e Height, 260 or 380 mm, and colour, black or white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists it as completely installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the opening for?\u003c\/strong\u003e Books, magazines or a vase, as shown in the photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded table from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Metal Coffee Table at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your height and colour above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/high-gloss-coffee-table-white-drawers-tv-cabinet\"\u003eHigh gloss coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/acrylic-side-table-clear-shelf-x-legs-39cm\"\u003eAcrylic side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/modular-sectional-sofa-114-inch-boneless-boucle-curved\"\u003eModular sectional sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/coffee-tables\"\u003ecoffee tables\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tables\"\u003etables\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/2fab5f8e-eaa9-4575-98e6-ee31fcbd42b6.jpg\" alt=\"Metal coffee table in white with centre magazine well in a living room\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"260mm black","offer_id":47172938662049,"sku":"CJJT168948002BY","price":1383.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"260mm white","offer_id":47172938694817,"sku":"CJJT168948001AZ","price":1383.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"380mm Black","offer_id":47172938727585,"sku":"CJJT168948004DW","price":1600.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"380mm White","offer_id":47172938760353,"sku":"CJJT168948003CX","price":1600.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/2fab5f8e-eaa9-4575-98e6-ee31fcbd42b6.jpg?v=1789084647"},{"product_id":"high-gloss-coffee-table-white-drawers-tv-cabinet","title":"High Gloss Coffee Table – White Table with Drawers, 120 or 140 cm, Matching TV Cabinet","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHigh Gloss Coffee Table – White Table with Drawers, and Matching TV Cabinet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis high gloss coffee table is a white, two-tier rectangular table with drawers and gold-coloured metal trim, offered in two sizes: 120 × 70 × 46 cm and 140 × 80 × 46 cm. The same listing also includes a matching 200 × 40 × 46 cm TV cabinet. Easy Life Markets sells each of the three as a separate option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe design is clean and bright. A thick white top appears to float above a lower drawer block, separated by a shadow gap and tied together by a slim gold-coloured band that runs down the front and under the base. The TV cabinet uses the same white fronts on a low gold-coloured frame. The supplier's photos show the two pieces together in a living room, under a wall-mounted television.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × coffee table, or 1 × TV cabinet, depending on the option you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach option is one piece of furniture. Buying a coffee table does not include the TV cabinet, and the reverse. To get the pair shown in the photos, order two options. The supplier does not say whether the furniture arrives assembled, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering if that matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Three Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres (L × W × H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2M Coffee Table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 × 70 × 46\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47.2 × 27.6 × 18.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.4M Coffee Table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 × 80 × 46\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55.1 × 31.5 × 18.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2M TV Cabinet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 40 × 46\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78.7 × 15.7 × 18.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's diagrams also mention a 110 × 110 cm table and a 220 cm cabinet. Those are not offered on this page. The price shown updates when you choose an option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coffee table with drawers, or low TV cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Listed as tempered glass with a baked paint finish. See the note below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e White gloss with gold-coloured metal details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoffee table storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two drawers shown in the supplier's photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTV cabinet storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four fronts shown across the width\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modern and simple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat it is made of.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's only material entry is \"tempered glass\", with each option described as a \"tempered thin finish\". We read that as a tempered glass surface layer over a board body, which is how white gloss furniture of this style is usually built. The drawer interior in the photo is a wood-look board. The supplier does not describe the body material, so we cannot confirm it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe gold.\u003c\/strong\u003e The trim and legs are gold in colour. Nothing in the listing says they are brass or gold plated, and we make no such claim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe cabinet doors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The photos show four fronts on the TV cabinet. The supplier does not say whether they are doors or drawers, or what is inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles.\u003c\/strong\u003e No handles are visible. The drawers appear to open by gripping the front edge or with a push-to-open catch. The supplier does not say which.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGloss shows marks.\u003c\/strong\u003e A white gloss top looks crisp and shows fingerprints, dust and fine scratches. It needs wiping often.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight, weight limit, TV size the cabinet will carry, body material and assembly details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Tempered Glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Tempered_glass\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eTempered glass\u003c\/a\u003e is glass that has been heated and cooled quickly so that its surface is held in compression. That makes it several times stronger than ordinary glass, and if it does break it crumbles into small blunt granules instead of long shards. It is the standard glass for table tops and shelves. It is still glass, and a sharp knock on an edge or corner can shatter it, so take care when moving the furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing a Size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoffee table length.\u003c\/strong\u003e Around two thirds of the sofa's length looks balanced. The 120 cm table suits a sofa of about 1.8 metres, and the 140 cm table a sofa of 2.1 metres or more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 46 cm, both tables sit level with or slightly above most sofa seats, which is comfortable for reaching a cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClearance.\u003c\/strong\u003e Leave 40 to 45 cm between the table and the sofa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTV cabinet.\u003c\/strong\u003e A cabinet should be wider than the television above it. At 200 cm, this one sits comfortably under most screens up to about 75 inches, which are roughly 166 cm wide. If the television will stand on the cabinet, check its weight with us first, as no load limit is stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a clean microfibre cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a soft cloth dampened with water or a little glass cleaner, then polish dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use scouring pads, powder cleaners or blades on the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse coasters and felt pads under vases, lamps and ornaments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not put very hot dishes straight on the top, and do not sit or stand on the furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the furniture to move it. Dragging can bend the slim metal legs and chip the edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeople furnishing a bright, modern living room who want a matching table and media unit with hidden storage for remotes, chargers and magazines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I get both the table and the TV cabinet?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. Each option is one piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes is the coffee table?\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 × 70 × 46 cm or 140 × 80 × 46 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the coffee table have storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e The photos show two drawers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the trim real gold?\u003c\/strong\u003e No such claim is made. It is gold-coloured metal on a white gloss finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is unbranded furniture from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the High Gloss Coffee Table at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your option above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, as these are large items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/metal-coffee-table-low-steel-lacquered-magazine-well\"\u003eMetal coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/led-nightstand-white-high-gloss-2-drawers-rgb\"\u003eLED nightstand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hallway-console-table-black-70-inch-wood-grain\"\u003eHallway console table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/coffee-tables\"\u003ecoffee tables\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tv-stands-media-units\"\u003eTV stands and media units\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/f85997e5-3caf-4186-897c-a8d4c7629dbe.jpg\" alt=\"High gloss coffee table in white with gold-coloured trim on a grey rug\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"1.2M Coffee Table","offer_id":47172956520609,"sku":"CJJT157416502BY","price":1045.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1.4M Coffee Table","offer_id":47172956553377,"sku":"CJJT157416503CX","price":1240.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2M TV Cabinet","offer_id":47172956586145,"sku":"CJJT157416501AZ","price":1084.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/c81ee3b5-7d92-484d-a3d9-75c46de3de91.jpg?v=1789085054"},{"product_id":"round-wood-side-table-geometric-base-50cm","title":"Round Wood Side Table – 50 cm Table with Geometric Panel Base, 3 Finishes","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRound Wood Side Table – 50 cm Table with Geometric Panel Base\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis round wood side table has a 50 cm circular top on a sculpted base of three upright panels with curved cut-outs, and stands 50 cm high. It comes in three finishes: charcoal black, a pale natural \"log\" colour and walnut. Easy Life Markets sells it as a sofa-side, bedside or corner table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe base is the whole point of the design. Three flat panels meet at the centre like the blades of a propeller, and each has a long curve cut out of it, so the table changes shape as you walk round it. From one side it looks solid, from another almost open. The supplier's photos show the black version beside a linen sofa, the walnut version carrying a lamp beside a sofa, and the pale version with a tray on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × wooden bedside table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not say whether the table arrives assembled or in parts, and lists no tools or fixings. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering if that matters to you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier gives the size as 50 × 50 × 50 cm, and the photos mark a 50 cm top and a 50 cm height. The thickness of the top, the weight and any weight limit are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Round side table with three-panel base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Listed as wooden. See the note below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nordic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Charcoal Black, Log Color, Walnut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bedroom and other indoor rooms, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Three Finishes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCharcoal Black:\u003c\/strong\u003e A matt black through which the grain still shows. The supplier's own text calls it ash black.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLog Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's name for a pale, natural, oak-like finish. It is the lightest of the three.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWalnut:\u003c\/strong\u003e A warm mid-brown with a reddish tone in the photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWood varies from piece to piece, and screens show colour differently. Expect the grain and the exact shade to differ a little from the photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Solid wood\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title says solid wood, and the supplier's specification says only \"wooden\". The photos show a clear open grain on the top and the base. We cannot confirm from the listing whether the table is solid timber throughout or veneered board, or which species it is. Please do not buy it on the assumption that every part is solid hardwood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Designer\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title used the word. The supplier names no designer and no brand, and neither do we.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Applicable object: children\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's listing includes this line. Nothing else about the table is child-specific. It is an ordinary adult-height side table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 50 cm it is level with the arm of many sofas and with the top of a standard mattress, which is why it works in both rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrice.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a premium-priced table. Read the details and our returns policy before ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood species, construction, finish type, weight and weight limit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Wood Grain\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lines you see on the surface are the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Wood_grain\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ewood grain\u003c\/a\u003e, the pattern left by the tree's growth and by the way the log was cut. Open-grained woods such as oak and ash show bold, textured lines, which is the look in these photos, and a dark stain settles into the pores and makes the pattern stand out even on a black finish. No two pieces of timber match exactly, so a table like this is always slightly individual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeside a sofa or armchair:\u003c\/strong\u003e For a lamp, a drink and a book.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBedside:\u003c\/strong\u003e As a nightstand without drawers. There is no storage, so it suits a tidy sleeper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn a corner:\u003c\/strong\u003e With a plant or a sculpture on top, where the base can be seen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetween two chairs:\u003c\/strong\u003e As a shared table in a reading or conversation corner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn a hallway:\u003c\/strong\u003e For keys and post, where a 50 cm circle fits and a console would not.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe base takes up less floor than the top, so the table tucks close to a sofa arm without the feet getting in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a soft, dry cloth, following the grain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe spills straight away. Standing water leaves rings on wood finishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse coasters under glasses, cups and plant pots, and a mat under anything hot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid silicone polishes and abrasive cleaners. A barely damp cloth is enough.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from radiators and out of strong direct sunlight. Heat dries timber and sun changes its colour over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the table to move it. Dragging strains the joints where the panels meet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers who want a side table that works as a piece of sculpture, and who like visible grain and a natural look. It sits well with linen, wool and pale timber floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 cm across and 50 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have a drawer or shelf?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is a top on a base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says wooden. We cannot confirm the construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is \"Log Color\"?\u003c\/strong\u003e A pale natural wood finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded table from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Round Wood Side Table at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your finish above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-pedestal-side-table-bobbin-leg-gloss\"\u003eRound pedestal side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-tripod-side-table-small-35cm-wood-legs\"\u003eRound tripod side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-accent-chair-wood-frame-lumbar-pillow\"\u003eMid century modern accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tables\"\u003etables\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedroom\"\u003ebedroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/e0b58c95-2199-48de-91ff-feba762d4733.jpg\" alt=\"Round wood side table in charcoal black with geometric base beside a sofa\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Charcoal Black","offer_id":47172965630113,"sku":"CJYD192306503CX","price":433.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Log Color","offer_id":47172965662881,"sku":"CJYD192306502BY","price":433.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Walnut","offer_id":47172965695649,"sku":"CJYD192306501AZ","price":433.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/e0b58c95-2199-48de-91ff-feba762d4733.jpg?v=1789085342"},{"product_id":"round-pedestal-side-table-bobbin-leg-gloss","title":"Round Pedestal Side Table – Gloss Finish with Bobbin Column, 40 or 60 cm, 3 Colours","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRound Pedestal Side Table – Gloss Finish with Bobbin Column, Two Sizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis round pedestal side table has a thick circular top on a single turned column of stacked spheres, with a matching round base and a high-gloss finish. It comes in two sizes, 40 cm across and 49 cm high or 60 cm across and 60 cm high, and in black, red or yellow. Easy Life Markets sells all six combinations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe shape is playful and a little retro. The column looks like a string of large beads, a style often called bobbin or spool turning, and the glossy paint gives it the look of glazed ceramic. In the supplier's photos the pale version stands beside a sofa on a patterned rug with a vase and a cup on top, and the black version reflects the room like a mirror. It works as a side table, a bedside table or a stand for a lamp or a plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not say whether the table arrives in one piece or with the top, column and base to be joined, and lists no fixings. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering if you want that confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's size diagrams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize S\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize L\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm (15.7 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 cm (23.6 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49 cm (19.3 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 cm (23.6 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 cm (2 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.5 cm (10 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 cm (2 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two sizes are priced differently, and the price shown updates when you choose. Weights and weight limits are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Round side table on a single pedestal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid colour with a high gloss, as shown in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Minimalist, with a turned bobbin column\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Red, Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e S and L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Three Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack:\u003c\/strong\u003e A deep, mirror-like black.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the photos this is a dark burgundy or oxblood red, not a bright red.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the photos this is a pale cream or butter yellow, not a strong yellow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScreens show colour differently, so treat the photos as a guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich Size?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eS, 40 × 49 cm.\u003c\/strong\u003e A true side table. It fits at the end of a sofa, beside an armchair or next to a bed, and holds a lamp, a cup and a book.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eL, 60 × 60 cm.\u003c\/strong\u003e Closer to a small occasional or lamp table. It is tall enough to stand beside a higher armchair or in a hallway, and wide enough for a large lamp and a tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a guide, a side table is easiest to use when its top is level with the sofa arm or a little below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Solid wood\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title says solid wood and vintage. The supplier's specification says only \"wood\". Under a solid-colour gloss paint no grain is visible, so we cannot tell whether the parts are solid timber or a wood-based material. The table is new, in a vintage-inspired style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePedestal tables can tip.\u003c\/strong\u003e The base is narrower than the top. On size S the base is 25.5 cm against a 40 cm top. Do not lean on the edge, sit on it or let children pull themselves up on it, and keep heavy items near the centre.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGloss shows marks.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fingerprints, dust and fine scratches show on any high-gloss surface, most of all on black.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize L details.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's diagram for the large table gives only the diameter and height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight, weight limit, paint type, base size on L and whether assembly is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe smooth, glassy coat is a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Lacquer\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003elacquer\u003c\/a\u003e-style finish, a hard coating built up in layers and polished to a shine. Lacquered furniture has a long history, and modern versions use sprayed paints and clear coats to get the same depth of colour. The finish is hard-wearing against spills if they are wiped up quickly. It is less forgiving of knocks, which can chip it, and of grit, which scratches it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a clean, dry microfibre cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe marks with a soft cloth dampened with water, then dry and buff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use abrasive pads, powder cleaners or solvent sprays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse coasters and felt pads under vases, lamps and ornaments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from radiators and out of strong sunlight, which can fade colour and dry out the material beneath.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the table by the column or base to move it, not by the edge of the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who wants a small table with personality: a spot of colour beside a neutral sofa, a bedside table in a guest room or a stand for a favourite lamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes are there?\u003c\/strong\u003e S is 40 cm across and 49 cm high. L is 60 cm across and 60 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat shade is the yellow?\u003c\/strong\u003e A pale cream yellow in the supplier's photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it an antique?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is a new table in a vintage-inspired style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it stable?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a pedestal table. Keep weight near the centre and do not lean on the edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded table from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Round Pedestal Side Table at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your colour and size above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-wood-side-table-geometric-base-50cm\"\u003eRound wood side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-tripod-side-table-small-35cm-wood-legs\"\u003eRound tripod side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/acrylic-side-table-clear-shelf-x-legs-39cm\"\u003eAcrylic side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tables\"\u003etables\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedroom\"\u003ebedroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/77231c3b-6a16-48e4-acd8-395c50a3a761.jpg\" alt=\"Round pedestal side table in cream yellow gloss with bobbin column beside a sofa\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ L","offer_id":47172974903457,"sku":"CJJT168267502BY","price":364.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ S","offer_id":47172974936225,"sku":"CJJT168267501AZ","price":240.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ L","offer_id":47172974968993,"sku":"CJJT168267506FU","price":364.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ S","offer_id":47172975001761,"sku":"CJJT168267505EV","price":240.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow \/ L","offer_id":47172975034529,"sku":"CJJT168267504DW","price":364.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow \/ S","offer_id":47172975067297,"sku":"CJJT168267503CX","price":240.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/77231c3b-6a16-48e4-acd8-395c50a3a761.jpg?v=1789085493"},{"product_id":"acrylic-side-table-clear-shelf-x-legs-39cm","title":"Acrylic Side Table – Transparent Table with Open Shelf and X Legs, 39 x 30 x 45 cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAcrylic Side Table – Transparent Table with Open Shelf and X Legs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis acrylic side table is made from bent, see-through acrylic sheet, with an open box-shaped shelf on top and a pair of crossed, X-shaped legs below. It measures 39 × 30 × 45 cm and comes in transparent white, which is clear, or transparent black, which is a smoky grey. Easy Life Markets sells both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eClear furniture is useful in small rooms because it takes up floor space without taking up visual space. You see the rug, the wall and the sofa through it. This table adds a practical touch: the top is a rounded rectangular sleeve, so you have a surface for a lamp or a cup and a slot underneath for books, a tablet or a laptop. The supplier's photos show it beside a bed with a book in the shelf and a small lamp and a cup on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × end table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not say whether the shelf and the legs arrive joined or as two parts, and lists no fixings. Acrylic furniture is normally wrapped in a protective film that you peel off after unpacking. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want the assembly confirmed before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier gives the size as 39 × 30 × 45 without units or labels. We have read it as width, depth and height in centimetres, which matches the option name and the proportions in the photos. The shelf opening height, the sheet thickness and the weight limit are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Side table with open shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Acrylic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Transparent White, Transparent Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crossed X-shaped panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Living room, according to the supplier. The photos also show it at a bedside\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Two Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransparent White:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear, like glass. \"White\" is the supplier's word for uncoloured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransparent Black:\u003c\/strong\u003e A see-through smoky grey. It is tinted, not opaque.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree of the supplier's photos show an orange version. Orange is not offered on this listing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAcrylic scratches.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is far tougher than glass against knocks and will not shatter into sharp pieces, but its surface is softer. Keys, ceramic bases and grit will leave fine scratches, and they show on a clear table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is a light-duty table.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made for a lamp, a drink and a few books. Do not sit or stand on it, and do not load the shelf with heavy stacks. No weight limit is given.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Tea table\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title called it a sofa and tea table. At 39 × 30 cm it is a side table, too small to be the main coffee table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded corners.\u003c\/strong\u003e The shelf corners are bent curves in the photos, not sharp joins. The feet are the cut ends of the leg panels and can slide on a smooth floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrice.\u003c\/strong\u003e Thick bent acrylic is expensive to make, and this is not a budget table. Read the size carefully so you know what you are getting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sheet thickness, weight, weight limit and how the legs join the shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Acrylic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAcrylic is the common name for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Poly(methyl_methacrylate)\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003epoly(methyl methacrylate)\u003c\/a\u003e, a clear, rigid plastic also sold under names such as plexiglass and perspex. It lets through more light than ordinary window glass, weighs about half as much and can be heated and bent into curves, which is how the rounded corners of this table are made. Its weaknesses are a softer surface than glass and a dislike of strong solvents, both of which affect how you clean it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeside a sofa:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the remote and a magazine in the shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBedside:\u003c\/strong\u003e As a small nightstand, with a book and a phone tucked below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn a narrow hallway or studio flat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Where a solid table would make the space feel crowded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn a shop or salon:\u003c\/strong\u003e As a display stand for a product or a plant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStand it on a level surface. On a hard floor, small felt pads under the feet stop it sliding and protect both the floor and the acrylic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust by rinsing or wiping with a very soft, damp microfibre cloth. Wiping a dry, dusty surface drags grit across it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash with lukewarm water and a drop of mild washing-up liquid, then blot dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever use glass cleaner containing ammonia, alcohol, acetone or any solvent. They cloud and crack acrylic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever use paper towels, scouring pads or powder cleaners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep hot pans, candles and heaters away from it. Acrylic softens and marks with heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine scratches can usually be reduced with a polish made for acrylic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeople with small rooms, lovers of modern interiors and anyone who wants a side table that does not block the view of a good rug or floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 39 × 30 × 45 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs \"transparent white\" actually white?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is acrylic, a rigid clear plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I get it in orange?\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange appears in some photos but is not offered here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded table from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Acrylic Side Table at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your colour above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-pedestal-side-table-bobbin-leg-gloss\"\u003eRound pedestal side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/led-nightstand-white-high-gloss-2-drawers-rgb\"\u003eLED nightstand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/metal-coffee-table-low-steel-lacquered-magazine-well\"\u003eMetal coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tables\"\u003etables\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/0d7ffa4a-07c8-4543-ae92-6b1cd81c1fa2.jpg\" alt=\"Acrylic side table in clear finish with open shelf and X legs\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Transparent Black \/ 39X30X45CM","offer_id":47172984635553,"sku":"CJYD185345303CX","price":304.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Transparent White \/ 39X30X45CM","offer_id":47172984668321,"sku":"CJYD185345304DW","price":304.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/c5d6f037-ef43-48cd-b557-764b9a75822b.jpg?v=1789085605"},{"product_id":"hallway-console-table-black-70-inch-wood-grain","title":"Hallway Console Table – 70.9 Inch Black Wood-Grain Entryway and Sofa Table","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHallway Console Table – 70.9 Inch Black Wood-Grain Entryway Table\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hallway console table is a long, narrow table in a black wood-grain finish, with a plank-style top and two wide panel legs. It measures 70.9 inches long, 15.7 inches deep and 31.5 inches high, and is made of MDF. Easy Life Markets sells it in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA console table earns its keep in the places other furniture will not fit: along a hallway wall, inside the front door, behind a sofa or under a window. At nearly six feet long, this one gives you a generous display surface while standing only 15.7 inches from the wall. The supplier's photos show it under a group of framed pictures with a lamp and a vase on top and baskets stored underneath, which is a good picture of how it is meant to be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not provide a packing list. Its description says the table needs assembling and that clear instructions and tools are included. The supplier does not state the number of parts or the package size, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e if you need those before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApron depth below the top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeg panel width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight of the table and its load limit are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Console, entryway or sofa table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e MDF, described by the supplier as high-grade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black with a wood-grain texture, as shown in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plank-style, with grooves that suggest three boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two wide panel legs with a curved inner edge, called a double V-shaped pedestal by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Farmhouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unbranded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Required. Instructions and tools included, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is MDF, not solid wood.\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title said \"wooden\". The supplier's description says the table is made of MDF, a wood-fibre board, with a wood-grain surface. It looks like stained timber in the photos and is not.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Rustic brown veneer look\".\u003c\/strong\u003e One of the supplier's photos carries that caption over a picture of the black table. The only colour offered is black, and that is what the photos show.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo drawers or shelf.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is an open table. Storage means baskets underneath, as in the photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says the table has \"enhanced load-bearing capacity\" without giving a figure. Over a 180 cm span, we would keep heavy items such as a fish tank or stacks of books near the legs, not in the middle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Picket fence\" design.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier uses the phrase for the vertical grooves on the legs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight, weight limit, board thickness, package size and whether a wall fixing is supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout MDF\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Medium-density_fibreboard\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eMedium-density fibreboard\u003c\/a\u003e is made by breaking wood down into fibres and pressing them with resin into dense, flat panels. It is stable, smooth and free of knots, so it takes a printed or textured finish well and does not warp the way wide timber boards can. Its weak point is water. If moisture gets into an unsealed edge the board swells and does not recover, so wipe up spills promptly and keep the table out of damp rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength.\u003c\/strong\u003e You need a clear wall of at least 180 cm, with a little space at each end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHallways.\u003c\/strong\u003e The table stands 40 cm from the wall. Leave at least 90 cm of clear walkway beside it, so a hallway should be about 130 cm wide or more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBehind a sofa.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 80 cm high, the top will sit level with or just above the back of most sofas. Measure your sofa back first. A table used this way should be no longer than the sofa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder a window or television.\u003c\/strong\u003e Check the sill height or the bottom edge of the screen against 80 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGetting it in.\u003c\/strong\u003e It arrives in parts, so the box is easier to carry than a built table, but the top is still about 180 cm long.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePutting It Together\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble it on a rug or the flattened carton to protect the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit all the fixings loosely first, then tighten them once everything lines up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGet a second person to help turn it upright. Do not lever it up by one leg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the floor is uneven, put felt pads or thin shims under the low side so the table does not rock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a home with small children, secure it to the wall with a furniture strap. A long, narrow table can tip if climbed on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a soft, dry cloth, working along the grain texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe marks with a slightly damp cloth and dry the surface straight away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse coasters, and a tray under plants and vases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid abrasive cleaners and polishes containing wax or silicone, which build up on textured finishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from radiators and out of bathrooms and other damp rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHomes with a long hallway, an open-plan living room that needs a divider behind the sofa, or a wide entrance that needs a landing place for keys, post and a lamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 70.9 inches, or 180 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is MDF with a wood-grain finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The supplier says instructions and tools are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have drawers?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an open table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The supplier lists it as unbranded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Hallway Console Table at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, as this is a large item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/high-gloss-coffee-table-white-drawers-tv-cabinet\"\u003eHigh gloss coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-wood-side-table-geometric-base-50cm\"\u003eRound wood side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/recliner-loveseat-manual-center-console-cup-holders\"\u003eRecliner loveseat\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tables\"\u003etables\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/furniture\"\u003efurniture\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/d29f3fd6-b5d2-457d-a171-5d24bf11afc8.jpg\" alt=\"Hallway console table in black wood-grain finish under framed pictures\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47172995121313,"sku":"CJJT278397001AZ","price":233.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/d29f3fd6-b5d2-457d-a171-5d24bf11afc8.jpg?v=1789085806"},{"product_id":"farmhouse-console-table-63-inch-hidden-storage-brown","title":"Farmhouse Console Table – 63 Inch Sofa Table with 3 Hidden Compartments, Brown","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFarmhouse Console Table – 63 Inch Sofa Table with Three Hidden Compartments\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis farmhouse console table is a long, narrow table in a brown wood-grain finish, with a thick top that hides three storage compartments behind a drop-down front. It measures 63 × 13.8 × 33.5 inches (160 × 35 × 85 cm) and is made of particleboard. Easy Life Markets sells it in brown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is built for the awkward strip of space behind a sofa or along a hallway wall. At 35 cm deep it barely intrudes into the room, yet the top is long enough for a pair of lamps, plants and framed photos. The feature that sets it apart is inside the top. The front panel folds down on hinges, and behind it are three slots for remotes, chargers, post and other small things you want close but out of sight. The supplier's photos show it in an entryway with baskets underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not provide a packing list. Its description says an anti-tip device is included and should be fitted before use. A table of this size arrives flat-packed for home assembly. The supplier does not list the tools, the number of parts or the package size, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e if you need those before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's description and dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach hidden compartment, width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach hidden compartment, height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoard thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stated load on the top is 132 lb (60 kg). The weight of the table itself is not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Console, sofa or entryway table with hidden storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.6 inch particleboard, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown wood-grain, as shown in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three compartments inside the top, behind a drop-down front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two open rectangular frame legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated top load:\u003c\/strong\u003e 132 lb (60 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anti-tip device included, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Farmhouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is particleboard, not solid wood.\u003c\/strong\u003e The grain you see is a printed or laminated surface over board. It looks like stained timber in the photos and is not.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"With outlet\".\u003c\/strong\u003e One line of the supplier's text calls this a \"sofa table with outlet\". No power outlet, socket or cable hole is shown in any photo or listed in the specification. Please assume there is none.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Open bottom shelf\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text mentions an open bottom shelf. The photos show no lower shelf, only open floor space between the legs, where baskets are placed. Please go by the photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe compartments are shallow.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 12 cm high they take remotes, books, tablets, chargers and folded papers. They will not take tall items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 132 lb figure is the supplier's and we have not tested it. Spread weight along the top and keep heavy items near the legs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Table weight, package size, compartment depth front to back and assembly tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Particleboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Particle_board\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eParticle board\u003c\/a\u003e is made from wood chips and resin pressed into flat panels, then covered with a decorative surface. It is the standard material for flat-pack furniture because it is economical, stable and consistent. Its limits are worth knowing. Screws hold less firmly than in solid timber, so do not over-tighten or repeatedly take the table apart. Water is its real enemy. If moisture gets into an edge the board swells and stays swollen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBehind a sofa.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 85 cm high the top sits level with or slightly above the back of most sofas. Measure your sofa back first. The table should be no longer than the sofa, so it suits sofas of about 160 cm or more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn a hallway.\u003c\/strong\u003e You need a clear wall of at least 160 cm. The table stands 35 cm out, so leave 90 cm or so of walkway beside it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe drop-down front.\u003c\/strong\u003e Leave room in front of the table for the panel to open. Behind a sofa, that means the storage faces away from the sofa back, or you reach over.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder a window.\u003c\/strong\u003e Check the sill height against 85 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePutting It Together\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble it on a rug or the flattened carton so the finish is not scratched.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit all fixings loosely first, then tighten once everything lines up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the anti-tip device as the supplier instructs. A long, narrow table can tip if a child pulls or climbs on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGet a second person to help stand it upright.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the fixings again after a few weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a soft, dry cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe marks with a slightly damp cloth and dry the surface straight away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse coasters, and saucers under plant pots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use abrasive cleaners or soak the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from radiators and out of damp rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen and close the front panel gently, and do not lean on it when it is down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHomes that need a display surface behind a sofa or in a hallway, plus a tidy place to hide the small clutter that usually collects there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 63 inches, or 160 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e Inside the top, behind a front panel that folds down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have a power outlet?\u003c\/strong\u003e None is shown or specified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is particleboard with a wood-grain finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded table from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Farmhouse Console Table at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, as this is a large item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hallway-console-table-black-70-inch-wood-grain\"\u003eHallway console table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-sideboard-60-inch-4-door-walnut\"\u003eMid century modern sideboard\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/recliner-loveseat-manual-center-console-cup-holders\"\u003eRecliner loveseat\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tables\"\u003etables\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/furniture\"\u003efurniture\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/72e875f7-67ad-41ee-86b7-2d190e75c872.jpg\" alt=\"Farmhouse console table in brown wood-grain finish with vases on top\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Brown","offer_id":47173005476001,"sku":"CJFU26517040001","price":173.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/72e875f7-67ad-41ee-86b7-2d190e75c872.jpg?v=1789085990"},{"product_id":"buffet-cabinet-with-glass-doors-white-drawer-sideboard","title":"Buffet Cabinet with Glass Doors – White Storage Sideboard with Drawer, 28 x 15 x 38 Inch","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBuffet Cabinet with Glass Doors – White Storage Sideboard with Drawer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis buffet cabinet with glass doors is a white, freestanding storage cabinet with two glazed doors above a full-width drawer, standing on turned feet. It measures 27.95 inches wide, 14.96 inches deep and 38 inches high, and is made of MDF and glass. Easy Life Markets sells it in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a small, upright piece that does several jobs. In a dining room it holds plates and glasses where you can see them. In a living room it becomes a display cabinet for books and ornaments. In a hallway it gives you a top for keys and a lamp, with shoes or bags behind the doors. The doors have a grid of glazing bars, which gives it a cottage or country look, and the supplier's photos show it beside a window with a plant on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not give a parts list. It states that the cabinet needs assembling, that detailed instructions are in the package, and that assembly takes an adult about one to two hours. The package measures 37.80 × 17.91 × 7.48 inches and weighs 53.90 lb (24.4 kg), so it is a flat-pack carton that one person can move with care and two can carry easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification and dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e71\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.96\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assembled cabinet weighs 48.40 lb (22 kg). Internal shelf sizes, drawer dimensions and weight limits are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Freestanding buffet, sideboard or display cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e MDF and glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two, glazed, with a grid of glazing bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Labelled toughened glass in the supplier's photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cupboard with an adjustable shelf, plus one drawer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Turned feet, labelled \"solid wood base\" in the supplier's photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e White paint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Minimalist, modern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier item code:\u003c\/strong\u003e W2557P189574\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInside the Cabinet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBehind the doors, the supplier's photos show a fixed space at the top and an adjustable shelf that divides the rest, which the supplier describes as two storage rooms. You can move the shelf to suit tall bottles and vases or shorter stacks of plates. The drawer below runs the full width and is shown holding stationery and glasses cases. It is the place for cutlery, table linen, candles or the things that otherwise clutter a hall table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is MDF, not solid wood.\u003c\/strong\u003e The body is painted medium-density fibreboard. Only the feet are labelled as solid wood, and only in a photo caption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamp.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier claims MDF \"won't be affected with damp\". We do not repeat that claim. Painted MDF resists the odd splash, but if water gets into an edge or a chip the board swells. Keep this cabinet out of bathrooms and away from steam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text says UV paint and one photo says NC paint. Both are common furniture lacquers. We cannot tell you which was used.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is narrow.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 71 cm wide this is a compact cabinet, closer to a small cupboard than to a full dining sideboard. Check the width against your wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shelf and top load limits, internal dimensions, drawer runner type and whether a wall-fixing kit is supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Cupboards and Buffets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Cupboard\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ecupboard\u003c\/a\u003e began as exactly what the name says: a board for displaying cups and plates. Doors and drawers came later. A buffet or sideboard is the dining-room branch of the same family, a waist-high cabinet for serving from and storing tableware in. This cabinet sits between the two. It is taller and narrower than a classic sideboard, with glass doors that keep the display tradition going while keeping the dust off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Put It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDining room or kitchen:\u003c\/strong\u003e For everyday plates, bowls and glasses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiving room:\u003c\/strong\u003e As a small bookcase or display case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHallway or entryway:\u003c\/strong\u003e For shoes, bags and post, with a lamp on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHome office:\u003c\/strong\u003e For files and supplies behind doors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeave room for the doors to swing open. Each is about 35 cm wide, so allow that much clear space in front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFix the cabinet to the wall with a furniture strap or bracket, especially in a home with children. A tall, narrow cabinet with a loaded upper shelf can tip if a child pulls on an open door or climbs the drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the heaviest items on the bottom and in the drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand it on a level floor. On an uneven floor the doors may not line up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a soft, dry cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe painted surfaces with a slightly damp cloth and dry them straight away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the glass with a little glass cleaner on a cloth. Do not spray it directly, as liquid runs into the frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid abrasive pads and solvent cleaners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten hinges and knobs when they work loose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmaller homes and flats that need display and storage in one compact piece, and anyone who likes a light, country-style look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 27.95 × 14.96 × 38 inches, or about 71 × 38 × 96.5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The supplier estimates one to two hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the shelf adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is painted MDF with glass doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded cabinet from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Buffet Cabinet at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-sideboard-60-inch-4-door-walnut\"\u003eMid century modern sideboard\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wave-wine-rack-aluminium-countertop-bottle-holder\"\u003eWave wine rack\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/farmhouse-console-table-63-inch-hidden-storage-brown\"\u003eFarmhouse console table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-shelving\"\u003estorage and shelving\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/kitchen-dining\"\u003ekitchen and dining\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1881544529925115904.jpg\" alt=\"Buffet cabinet with glass doors in white with drawer and turned feet\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":47173010948257,"sku":"CJFU222357701AZ","price":202.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1881544529925115904.jpg?v=1789086884"},{"product_id":"mid-century-modern-sideboard-60-inch-4-door-walnut","title":"Mid Century Modern Sideboard – 60.5 Inch Buffet Cabinet with 4 Carved Doors, Walnut","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMid Century Modern Sideboard – 60.5 Inch Buffet Cabinet with 4 Carved Doors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mid century modern sideboard is a long, low storage cabinet in a walnut finish, with four doors decorated with cut-out geometric fronts, adjustable shelves inside and two cable holes in the back. It measures 60.5 inches wide, 15.75 inches deep and 32 inches high. Easy Life Markets sells it in walnut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe doors are what you notice first. Each one is carved with fluted lines and teardrop-shaped openings, so the front reads as a single patterned panel and you catch glimpses of what is inside. Behind them are two cupboards with shelves. The supplier's photos show it in a dining room holding plates and glasses, and it works equally well as a media console under a television or as a hallway cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not give a parts list. It states that the sideboard comes with a full set of screws, tools and instructions, and estimates assembly at 20 to 30 minutes. The package measures 65.13 × 19.38 × 10.75 inches and weighs 112.60 lb (51 kg). That is a two-person lift, so plan how it will get from the door to the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e153.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assembled sideboard weighs 100.76 lb (45.7 kg). Internal shelf sizes and load limits are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sideboard, buffet cabinet or media console\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid wood and MDF, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four, with openwork carved fronts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height-adjustable interior shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable management:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two holes in the back panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase and feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Described as solid wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Walnut colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier item code:\u003c\/strong\u003e W1801P224330\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is wood and what is board.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists the material as solid wood plus MDF, and says the base and feet are solid wood and the cabinet is P2 grade MDF. So the body and doors are MDF with a walnut-coloured finish. It is not a solid walnut cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Waterproof\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier describes the base as waterproof and moisture-proof. We do not repeat that claim. Treat it as indoor furniture and wipe up spills promptly. The supplier also suggests a bathroom as one place for it. We would keep an MDF cabinet out of a steamy room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier calls it lead-free and eco-friendly. We have not seen test documents and pass this on only as the supplier's description.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen fronts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cut-outs in the doors let air in and dust with it, and the contents are partly visible. That is good for ventilating media equipment and less good if you want everything hidden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly time.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says 20 to 30 minutes. For a four-door cabinet of this weight we would allow longer, and a second pair of hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Top and shelf load limits, internal dimensions, hinge type and whether a wall-fixing kit is supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Sideboards\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Sideboard\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003esideboard\u003c\/a\u003e is a waist-high cabinet that began in the dining room, as a place to set out dishes and store tableware. In the middle of the twentieth century designers stretched it into the long, low, leggy shape most people now picture, and it moved into the living room as well. This one follows that pattern: a wide top for serving or display, cupboards below, and tapered legs that lift it off the floor so the room feels less crowded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDining room:\u003c\/strong\u003e For plates, glasses, serving dishes and table linen, with the top as a serving surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiving room:\u003c\/strong\u003e As a media console. The cable holes let leads pass through to a wall socket, and the open fronts let equipment breathe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHallway or entryway:\u003c\/strong\u003e For shoes, bags and hats, with a lamp and a bowl for keys on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBedroom:\u003c\/strong\u003e As a low chest for folded clothes and bedding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen or coffee corner:\u003c\/strong\u003e With a coffee machine on top and its lead through the back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cabinet under a television should be wider than the screen. At 153.7 cm this one sits under most televisions up to about 65 inches, which are roughly 145 cm wide. No load limit is stated for the top, so check with us before standing a heavy screen on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou need a clear wall of at least 154 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow about 40 cm in front for the doors to swing open.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the 165 cm carton can turn the corners on the way in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf it stands against a socket, line up a cable hole with it before you load the shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a soft, lint-free cloth. A soft brush clears the grooves and cut-outs in the doors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe marks with a barely damp cloth and dry the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse coasters and mats under glasses, plants and hot dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid abrasive and solvent cleaners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from radiators and strong direct sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFix it to the wall if children are in the house.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who wants one substantial, good-looking storage piece for a dining or living room, with a decorative front that does more than a row of flat doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 60.5 × 15.75 × 32 inches, or about 153.7 × 40 × 81.3 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it hold a TV?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is sold as a media console as well. The top load is not stated, so ask us first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid walnut?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is MDF with solid wood base and feet, in a walnut finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Screws, tools and instructions are included, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded sideboard from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Sideboard at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/buffet-cabinet-with-glass-doors-white-drawer-sideboard\"\u003eBuffet cabinet with glass doors\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/high-gloss-coffee-table-white-drawers-tv-cabinet\"\u003eHigh gloss coffee table and TV cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-accent-chair-wood-frame-lumbar-pillow\"\u003eMid century modern accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-shelving\"\u003estorage and shelving\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tv-stands-media-units\"\u003eTV stands and media units\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/179ff8b0-b1c4-44d5-83fe-edafa2f7ee1b.jpg\" alt=\"Mid century modern sideboard in walnut finish with four carved doors in a dining room\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Walnut","offer_id":47173014847649,"sku":"CJJT223388101AZ","price":396.57,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/023d3d73-459c-4be7-a430-a9946b7882f1.jpg?v=1789087405"},{"product_id":"5-tier-bookcase-70-inch-wide-industrial-open-shelf-black","title":"5 Tier Bookcase – 70.9 Inch Wide Industrial Open Bookshelf, Black","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5 Tier Bookcase – 70.9 Inch Wide Industrial Open Bookshelf, Black\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5 tier bookcase is a wide, open shelving unit with five black MDF shelves on a black powder-coated steel frame, measuring 70.9 inches wide, 10.2 inches deep and 70.7 inches high. The supplier rates each shelf at 80 lb. Easy Life Markets sells it in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is nearly as wide as it is tall, so it reads as a feature wall of shelving more than a bookcase tucked in a corner. The frame is a set of slim upright ladders, and the shelves run through them at five levels, which leaves the whole thing open at the back and sides. Books, plants, framed photos and baskets all sit on show. The supplier's photos show it against a pale wall in a living room with exactly that mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × bookcase, flat-packed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × screw pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × instruction sheet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package measures 76.77 × 14.57 × 7.87 inches and weighs 86.42 lb (39.2 kg). It is long and heavy, so two people should carry it. The supplier says all accessories are included. It does not say whether a screwdriver or hex key is in the pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70.90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70.70\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e179.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bookcase weighs 79.26 lb (36 kg). The height between shelves is not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five-tier open bookcase and display shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e MDF shelves on a steel frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 lb (36 kg) per shelf, 400 lb (181 kg) in total\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable pads, 1 to 1.5 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anti-tip fixing for attaching to the wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Industrial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is shallow.\u003c\/strong\u003e The shelves are 26 cm deep. That is right for paperbacks, most hardbacks, ornaments and small plants. Large art books, box files and wide storage baskets will overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad.\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 lb per shelf is the supplier's figure, for weight spread along the shelf. We have not tested it. A full run of books is heavy, about 20 to 30 kg per metre, so a 180 cm shelf packed end to end with hardbacks comes close to the stated limit. Put the heaviest books low and near the uprights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Water-proof\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier describes the shelf surface as waterproof. The surface will shrug off a wiped spill. MDF itself swells if water reaches an edge, so use saucers under plant pots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Upright panels\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier mentions upright panels that stop things falling off. In the photos these are the frame uprights that pass through the shelves and act as dividers. The ends and back are otherwise open.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite is not offered.\u003c\/strong\u003e One photo shows a white bookcase alongside the black one. Only black is sold on this page.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shelf spacing, shelf thickness and the type of wall fixing supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Bookcases\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Bookcase\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ebookcase\u003c\/a\u003e is simply a set of shelves made to hold books upright. The traditional kind has solid sides and a back. The open, metal-framed kind, often described as industrial, borrows its look from factory and warehouse shelving and trades enclosure for lightness. You see the wall through it, which keeps a room feeling larger, and it works from both sides if you stand it out from the wall as a divider.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou need a clear wall at least 180 cm wide and 180 cm high.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt 26 cm deep it projects very little, so it suits hallways, landings and the wall behind a sofa or desk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck skirting boards. An open-backed frame stands slightly off the wall above a deep skirting, which the wall fixing has to allow for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe carton is 195 cm long. Make sure it can turn the corners on the way in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePutting It Together\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay the parts out on a rug or the flattened carton and check them against the instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild it with two people. A frame this wide flexes until every shelf is fixed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave the screws slightly loose until the frame is square, then tighten them all.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand it up, adjust the foot pads until it does not rock, and fix it to the wall before loading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad from the bottom shelf upwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust shelves and frame with a soft, dry cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe marks with a slightly damp cloth and dry the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse saucers under plants and coasters under anything wet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not climb on it or let children pull on the shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the wall fixing and the screws once or twice a year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReaders, collectors and anyone with a long empty wall in a living room, study or office who wants display and storage in one piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 70.9 × 10.2 × 70.7 inches, or about 180 × 26 × 180 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does each shelf hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 lb (36 kg), according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have a back?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be fixed to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The supplier lists an anti-tip device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded bookcase from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the 5 Tier Bookcase at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-shelving-unit-5-tier-mdf-boards-72-inch\"\u003eHeavy duty shelving unit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-sideboard-60-inch-4-door-walnut\"\u003eMid century modern sideboard\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/l-shaped-desk-with-drawers-59-inch-fluted-charging-station\"\u003eL shaped desk with drawers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-shelving\"\u003estorage and shelving\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/office-furniture\"\u003eoffice furniture\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/25fc9652-e72d-417a-8b97-d1f2d9c692eb.jpg\" alt=\"5 tier bookcase in black with open shelves holding books and plants in a living room\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47173067767969,"sku":"CJFU27457240001","price":270.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/25fc9652-e72d-417a-8b97-d1f2d9c692eb.jpg?v=1789090153"},{"product_id":"modular-sofa-section-tufted-fabric-birch-frame","title":"Modular Sofa Section – Tufted Fabric Module with Birch Frame, Arm, Armless or Footstool","description":"\u003ch2\u003eModular Sofa Section – Tufted Fabric Module on a Birch Frame, Sold Piece by Piece\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis modular sofa section is one deeply tufted, rounded fabric seat block that you combine with other blocks to build a sofa in the shape your room needs. Each piece has a birch wood frame and a high-density sponge filling, and the fabric cover can be taken off and washed, according to the supplier. Easy Life Markets sells five pieces separately: a seat with a left arm, a seat with a right arm, an armless seat, a large footstool and a small footstool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's photos show the pieces in a soft cream fabric with plump, pillow-like rolls, set up as a long three-seater with a footstool in front, and as a large U-shaped lounge in a mix of cream and sage green modules around a coffee table. Because every block stands on its own, you can start with two seats and a footstool and add more later, or split a big sofa into two smaller ones when you move house.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Five Pieces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat it is\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize from supplier photos\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft armrest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat with a back roll and an arm roll on the left\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96 × 96 × 65 cm (37.8 × 37.8 × 25.6 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight armrest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat with a back roll and an arm roll on the right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96 × 96 × 65 cm (37.8 × 37.8 × 25.6 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithout handrail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArmless seat with a back roll\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96 × 96 × 65 cm (37.8 × 37.8 × 25.6 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge stool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare tufted footstool, no back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall footstool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmaller tufted footstool, no back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach option is one piece. To build a three-seat sofa you would order a left armrest, an armless seat and a right armrest. Add a large stool in front to make a chaise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modular sofa piece, sold individually\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpholstery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fabric, described by the supplier as \"fabric art\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-density sponge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wooden, birch according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Removable and washable, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 65 cm (25.6 in) at the back roll\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuggested uses:\u003c\/strong\u003e Living room, bedroom, hotel, office and lounge areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour.\u003c\/strong\u003e The options do not include a colour. Most photos show cream, and one room photo also shows sage green modules. We expect cream unless you agree otherwise with us. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering if colour matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCombined width.\u003c\/strong\u003e One supplier photo marks a three-piece sofa as 258 cm wide, while each piece is marked 96 cm wide. Three 96 cm pieces would come to 288 cm. We cannot tell which figure is right, so allow for the larger one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFootstool sizes.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier gives no measurements for the large and small footstools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJoining the pieces.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say whether the pieces lock together. Loose modules can drift apart on a smooth floor. A rug or furniture grips under the pieces help.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWashable cover.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says the covers come off for washing but gives no washing temperature. Test a hidden area first and wash gently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign note.\u003c\/strong\u003e This rolled, tufted module style is widely made by many factories. We sell it as a generic modular design, not as any designer's original piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fabric composition, seat height, seat depth, footstool sizes, piece weight, the old title's \"balcony\" reference and whether the pieces connect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Frame\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier names \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Birch\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ebirch\u003c\/a\u003e as the frame wood. Birch is a pale, close-grained hardwood that is widely used for furniture frames and plywood because it is strong for its weight and holds screws well. It is hidden inside the upholstery here, so you will not see it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanning Your Layout\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-seater:\u003c\/strong\u003e left armrest plus right armrest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-seater:\u003c\/strong\u003e left armrest, armless seat and right armrest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChaise sofa:\u003c\/strong\u003e any three-seater plus a large stool in front of one end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorner or U-shape:\u003c\/strong\u003e extra armless seats on the corners, as in the supplier's room photo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach seat is close to a metre square, so mark the layout on the floor with tape before you order. Remember that the modular sofa section has to pass through doors and up stairs one piece at a time, which is easier than with a one-piece sofa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCount the pieces you need and add up the prices for the full layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder every piece at the same time so the fabric comes from the same batch and matches in shade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure doorways. Each piece is about 96 cm in two directions, so it should pass through a standard door turned on its side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the seat height suits you. Low, deep seats are made for lounging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum the tufts regularly with a soft brush head.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills at once. Do not rub.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotate pieces from time to time so they wear evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep pale fabric out of strong direct sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen-plan living rooms, families who like to lounge, renters who move often and anyone who wants a sofa they can rearrange.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes one order make a whole sofa?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. Each option is one piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is a seat?\u003c\/strong\u003e About 96 × 96 cm and 65 cm high, according to the supplier's photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wash the cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says the covers can be removed and washed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is given. Easy Life Markets is a retailer, not the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Modular Sofa Section at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page for each piece. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying a modular sofa section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beige-modular-sofa-tufted-with-ottoman-104-inch\"\u003eBeige modular sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/u-shaped-cloud-couch-chenille-modular-2-ottomans\"\u003eU-shaped cloud couch\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/pumpkin-chair-with-footstool-round-single-sofa-lounge\"\u003ePumpkin chair with footstool\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-sectionals\"\u003esofas and sectionals\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/8064f19f-2566-4485-9947-2ef5a66b8e2f.jpg\" alt=\"Modular sofa section pieces in cream and sage green tufted fabric arranged as a U-shaped lounge\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Large stool","offer_id":47173962662049,"sku":"CJJT171782704DW","price":474.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Left armrest","offer_id":47173962694817,"sku":"CJJT171782701AZ","price":660.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Right armrest","offer_id":47173962727585,"sku":"CJJT171782702BY","price":660.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Small footstool","offer_id":47173962760353,"sku":"CJJT171782703CX","price":413.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Without handrail","offer_id":47173962793121,"sku":"CJJT171782705EV","price":630.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/8064f19f-2566-4485-9947-2ef5a66b8e2f.jpg?v=1789107223"},{"product_id":"beige-modular-sofa-tufted-with-ottoman-104-inch","title":"Beige Modular Sofa – 104 Inch Tufted Fabric Sofa with Ottoman, Clip-Together Sections","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBeige Modular Sofa – 104 Inch Tufted Fabric Sofa with Ottoman\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis beige modular sofa is a low, deeply tufted fabric sofa made of separate seat sections and an ottoman, about 104 inches wide in the supplier's diagram. The back and arm rolls are fitted with rings and carabiners, so you can clip the pieces together in a row or unclip them and arrange them in a different shape. Easy Life Markets sells it in beige.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's photos show three seat sections side by side, with a loose arm roll at each end, and a square ottoman pushed against one end to form a chaise. The quilted, pillow-like rolls give a relaxed, lounge-style look in a calm, warm neutral that goes with wood floors, grey rugs and pale walls. One photo sets it up with the chaise on the left and another on the right, which shows the point of a modular design: the shape follows your room rather than the other way round.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Makes Up the Sofa\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes the sectional elements, backs and armrests as separate parts joined by rings and carabiners. Every photo shows the same set: three seat sections, two arm rolls and one ottoman. The supplier does not give a written packing list, so please \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm the exact number of pieces before ordering. The coffee table, rug and lamp in the photos are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's dimension diagram.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width, three seats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e103.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e264\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34.65\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.77\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e68\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat section width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34.65\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.62\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.96\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBack roll height above seat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.02\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArm height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.08\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOttoman\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34.65 × 34.65\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88 × 88\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoot height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the ottoman in front of one end, the chaise side is roughly 69 inches (176 cm) deep, going by the two 34.65 inch depths. Measure your room for that shape too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modular sectional sofa with ottoman\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beige\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpholstery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fabric, with tufted, rolled sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sponge, according to the old product title\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rings and carabiners on the backs and armrests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeat height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low, about 15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJFU244806901AZ\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign look-alike.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text names a famous designer sofa. This is not that sofa, and it is not made or licensed by that designer or its maker. It is a modular sofa in a similar rolled, tufted style. We have removed the name.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe old title.\u003c\/strong\u003e It called this a \"Nordic buckle design\" sofa. The \"buckle\" refers to the clips that join the pieces. We call it a modular sofa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Light luxury\".\u003c\/strong\u003e That is the supplier's style label, not a material grade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFabric and frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not name the fabric or the frame material. The photos suggest a soft, short-pile fabric, possibly velvet-like or bouclé-like, but we cannot confirm it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow seat.\u003c\/strong\u003e At about 15 inches, the seat is lower than most standard sofas. It suits lounging but can be harder to get up from for some people.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Packing list, number of cartons, weight, fabric composition, frame material and whether the covers are removable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUsing the Ottoman\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Ottoman_(furniture)\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eottoman\u003c\/a\u003e is a padded seat without a back or arms. On a modular sofa like this one it does three jobs. Pushed against a seat it turns that end into a chaise. Set apart it becomes an extra seat for guests or a footrest. Put a large tray on it and it stands in for a coffee table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSetting It Up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear a space and decide on the layout before you bring the pieces in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the seat sections side by side, then fit the arm rolls at the ends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClip the rings and carabiners together so the pieces do not drift apart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd the ottoman where you want the chaise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMark the footprint on the floor with tape: about 104 × 35 inches for the straight sofa, plus the ottoman where you want the chaise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck doorways, lifts and stair turns. Separate sections are easier to carry than a one-piece sofa, but each one is still close to 35 inches square.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThink about who will use it. The low, deep seat is lovely for lounging and less easy for anyone who struggles to stand up from a low seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePale fabric shows marks. With young children or pets, plan on a washable throw over the most-used seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum the tufts and seams with a soft brush head every week.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills straight away with a clean, damp cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlump and turn the rolls now and then so they keep their shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it out of strong direct sunlight to slow fading of the pale fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger living rooms, family dens, open-plan apartments and anyone who wants a low, relaxed beige modular sofa they can rearrange over the years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow wide is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e About 104 inches (264 cm) with three seats in a row.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I split it into two sofas?\u003c\/strong\u003e The sections unclip, so yes, though each piece only has the arms you place next to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colour is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e Beige, the only option listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is given, and it is not a designer original. Easy Life Markets is a retailer, not the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Beige Modular Sofa at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying the beige modular sofa, as large furniture returns can be costly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/modular-sofa-section-tufted-fabric-birch-frame\"\u003eModular sofa section\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/oversized-cloud-couch-129-inch-modular-2-ottomans\"\u003eOversized cloud couch\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/channel-tufted-sofa-navy-velvet-87-inch-3-seater\"\u003eChannel tufted sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-sectionals\"\u003esofas and sectionals\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/furniture\"\u003efurniture\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/090f7413-2ac3-4b95-b49a-a4c1dee03e6c.jpg\" alt=\"Beige modular sofa with three tufted seat sections and an ottoman chaise in a living room\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Beige","offer_id":47173970493601,"sku":"CJFU244806901AZ","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/090f7413-2ac3-4b95-b49a-a4c1dee03e6c.jpg?v=1789107324"},{"product_id":"wave-lounge-chair-low-lazy-sofa-6-colours","title":"Wave Lounge Chair – Low Lazy Sofa Chair with Wooden Frame, Suede or Lamb Fleece, 6 Colours","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWave Lounge Chair – Low Curved Lazy Sofa Chair in 6 Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis wave lounge chair is a low, sculpted single seat shaped like a soft curl: the back rises in a rounded hump, dips into a deep seat and rolls up again at the front edge, with no legs and no separate cushions. It measures about 96 × 78 × 64 cm and has a wooden frame with high-elastic foam filling under the cover. Easy Life Markets sells it in five suede colours and a cream lamb fleece fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a chair for slouching, not sitting up straight. The supplier's photos show a woman curled up in the yellow version with a mug, her legs stretched out over the front roll, and the chair sitting alone as a bold piece of colour in a living room corner, beside a reading lamp or on a cobbled street for a dramatic shot. The cream fleece version is shown as a pair either side of a small round table. It works as a statement accent seat as much as a place to relax.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIn the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's packing list is one chair. One photo shows two cream chairs with a \"1pcs\" label, meaning the price is for a single chair. The table, lamp and other items in the photos are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese measurements come from the supplier's size diagram.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength, front to back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight at the back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not give a seat height. From the photos the lowest point of the seat sits well below a normal chair seat, close to floor level, so the chair is easy to sink into and takes a little more effort to get out of.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low single lounge chair, sometimes called a lazy sofa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wooden frame with artificial board, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-elastic foam sponge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black suede, deciduous yellow suede, emerald suede, haze blue suede, lamb fleece fabric and red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs:\u003c\/strong\u003e None. The chair sits directly on the floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU range:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJJT157502601AZ to CJJT157502606FU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll six options are the same price. In the photos, deciduous yellow is a warm golden mustard, emerald is a deep bottle green, haze blue is a soft mid blue and black is a plain matt black. Red is shown as a bright tomato red, and the supplier does not say which fabric the red uses. Lamb fleece is a cream, curly-textured fabric similar to bouclé. Screens differ, so expect some variation from the photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Recliner\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The old title called it a leisure recliner. It has no reclining mechanism. The fixed curve gives a laid-back position, and that is all. We call it a lounge chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Suede\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The option names say suede. The supplier does not say whether this is real suede leather or a suede-effect fabric. At this price we expect a suede-effect fabric, but we cannot confirm it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign look-alike.\u003c\/strong\u003e This curled, legless shape resembles a well-known lounge chair by a famous designer. This is not that chair and is not made or licensed by its designer or maker. We sell it as a generic wave-shaped lounge chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight, weight capacity, seat height, whether the cover is removable and whether it arrives compressed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Covering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost of the comfort in a chair like this comes from its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Upholstery\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eupholstery\u003c\/a\u003e: the foam that is shaped around the frame and the fabric stretched over it. A one-piece curved cover like this is moulded around the foam with few seams, which gives the smooth, sculpted look. It also means you cannot simply turn a cushion over if one area wears, so look after the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a reading corner with a floor lamp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a bedroom as a relaxed seat that is not the bed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a living room as an accent chair beside a sofa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn pairs either side of a side table, as in the supplier's cream photo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause it has no legs, place it on a rug or felt pads on hard floors to stop it sliding and to protect the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the floor space: about 96 × 78 cm, plus room in front for your legs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose the colour with the room in mind. Black, emerald and haze blue are calmer; yellow and red are made to be noticed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThink about who will sit in it. The low seat is comfortable to sink into but takes some effort to get out of.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum with a soft brush attachment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills with a clean, damp cloth. Do not soak the fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush suede-effect fabric gently to lift the pile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep bright colours out of strong direct sunlight to slow fading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who likes to sprawl rather than sit upright, design-led living rooms, teenagers' rooms and reading nooks. Older people or anyone with knee trouble may prefer a chair with a higher seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it recline?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The curve is fixed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the wave lounge chair?\u003c\/strong\u003e About 96 × 78 × 64 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the price for one chair?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the supplier's packing list states one chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is given, and it is not a designer original. Easy Life Markets is a retailer, not the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Wave Lounge Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want a fabric detail confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/pumpkin-chair-with-footstool-round-single-sofa-lounge\"\u003ePumpkin chair with footstool\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tatami-floor-chair-folding-lazy-sofa-small-apartments\"\u003eTatami floor chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wingback-accent-chair-grey-button-tufted\"\u003eWingback accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/7c83014d-7a8e-4f92-b39a-9b561b0bba93.jpg\" alt=\"Wave lounge chair in deciduous yellow with a woman relaxing in it holding a mug\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black suede","offer_id":47173984190625,"sku":"CJJT157502604DW","price":513.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Deciduous yellow suede","offer_id":47173984223393,"sku":"CJJT157502601AZ","price":513.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Emerald suede","offer_id":47173984256161,"sku":"CJJT157502602BY","price":513.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Haze blue suede","offer_id":47173984288929,"sku":"CJJT157502603CX","price":513.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lamb fleece fabric","offer_id":47173984321697,"sku":"CJJT157502605EV","price":513.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":47173984354465,"sku":"CJJT157502606FU","price":513.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/7c83014d-7a8e-4f92-b39a-9b561b0bba93.jpg?v=1789107567"},{"product_id":"futon-sofa-bed-70-inch-green-teddy-fabric","title":"Futon Sofa Bed – 70.1 Inch Convertible Green Teddy Fabric Sofa with Folding Armrests","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFuton Sofa Bed – 70.1 Inch Green Teddy Fabric Convertible with Folding Arms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis futon sofa bed is a compact two-seat sofa in a deep green teddy fabric whose backrest folds down flat to make a bed, and whose armrests fold out or down to change shape. It is 70.1 inches wide as a sofa and opens to about 79.9 × 37.8 inches as a bed. It has a eucalyptus wood frame, foam filling and slim gold-tone metal legs. Easy Life Markets sells it in green.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is built for small spaces that have to do two jobs: a studio flat, a home office that doubles as a guest room, or a living room with occasional overnight visitors. The supplier's photos show it as a neat sofa with two matching bolster cushions against a warm beige wall, half-reclined for lounging, and laid fully flat as a bed with the arms opened out. The tufted seat has a soft, nubby teddy texture rather than a smooth velvet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat You Get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier ships the sofa in one carton and says the only assembly is screwing on the legs. The two bolster pillows appear in every photo, but the supplier does not list them in writing, so please \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want them confirmed. The rug, lamp and wall art are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification and dimension drawing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSofa width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e178\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSofa depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSofa height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArm height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBack height above seat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeg height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.06\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed length × width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79.9 × 37.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e203 × 96\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70.54 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63.77 × 38.58 × 6.88\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e162 × 98 × 17.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe specification lists 79.92 inches as the \"assembly length\", which matches the bed length in the drawing rather than the sofa width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Convertible futon-style sofa bed, two seats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green, with light brown wood tones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpholstery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Teddy fabric, listed by the supplier as velvet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foam, medium-soft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood, eucalyptus according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gold-tone metal with anti-slip pads, as shown in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBack style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose back, folding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct code:\u003c\/strong\u003e W2290P147466\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHow many positions?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text says the back and arms have three positions. One of its photos says \"five different gear\". We describe it as having several positions and cannot confirm the exact number.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet or teddy?\u003c\/strong\u003e The specification says velvet. The features and photos describe teddy velvet, a soft, curly pile. The close-up photo shows a bouclé-like texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Converts in seconds\".\u003c\/strong\u003e That is the supplier's wording. In practice you pull the back forward and lay it flat. Allow a minute and clear space in front.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSleeping on it.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 79.9 × 37.8 inches the bed is close to a single bed in size. It suits one adult or a child. The foam is described as medium-soft, which is fine for guests and occasional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight capacity, foam density, whether the cover is removable and whether the pillows are included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFutons and Sofa Beds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe word \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Futon\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003efuton\u003c\/a\u003e originally meant a padded mattress laid on the floor. Elsewhere it has come to mean a sofa whose frame and cushion fold flat into a bed. This one follows the second idea, with fixed upholstery rather than a separate mattress, so there is nothing to slip off or store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSetting It Up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnpack the carton next to where the sofa will stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the sofa on its back and screw in the legs by hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand it upright and check it sits level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo make the bed, lower the back and fold the arms out to the flat position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThree Ways to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSofa:\u003c\/strong\u003e back upright and arms up. Seats two adults, with the bolsters against the arms for extra comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLounger:\u003c\/strong\u003e back partly lowered, as in the supplier's \"reclining pattern\" photo. Good for watching a film with your feet up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed:\u003c\/strong\u003e back lowered flat and arms folded out, giving a sleeping surface of about 79.9 × 37.8 inches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe folding arms also act as headrests when the futon sofa bed is open, according to the supplier's photo captions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the floor for the bed position, not just the sofa: allow about 80 × 38 inches, plus space to walk around it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the carton, at about 64 × 39 × 7 inches, can get through your doors and up the stairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHave a fitted sheet and a blanket ready for guests. A single-size fitted sheet is close to the bed size, though the fit will depend on the cushion shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum the teddy fabric with a soft brush head.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills with a damp cloth and mild soap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFold the back up and down gently. Do not sit on the hinges while moving it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the leg screws from time to time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStudio apartments, small living rooms, home offices that host guests and teenagers' rooms. If you need a nightly bed for two adults, choose something larger than this futon sofa bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the bed?\u003c\/strong\u003e About 79.9 × 37.8 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs assembly hard?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the supplier says you only fit the legs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colour is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e Green, the only option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is given. Easy Life Markets is a retailer, not the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Futon Sofa Bed at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-sofa-bed-convertible-corduroy-sleeper-chair\"\u003eFolding sofa bed\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-chair-bed-lazy-sofa-60cm-adjustable-backrest\"\u003eFolding chair bed\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/channel-tufted-sofa-navy-velvet-87-inch-3-seater\"\u003eChannel tufted sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-sectionals\"\u003esofas and sectionals\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedroom\"\u003ebedroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/d93fbc16-620d-40f7-8261-516015ecc29e.jpg\" alt=\"Futon sofa bed in green teddy fabric with two bolster cushions and gold-tone legs in a living room\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":47174001754273,"sku":"CJJT223156101AZ","price":362.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/d93fbc16-620d-40f7-8261-516015ecc29e.jpg?v=1789107804"},{"product_id":"channel-tufted-sofa-navy-velvet-87-inch-3-seater","title":"Channel Tufted Sofa – Modern Chesterfield-Style 3-Seater in Navy Blue Velvet, 87 Inch","description":"\u003ch2\u003eChannel Tufted Sofa – Navy Blue Velvet 3-Seater, Modern Chesterfield-Style, 87 Inch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis channel tufted sofa is a three-seat velvet sofa in a rich navy blue, with vertical channels stitched into the back, the seat front and the wide, square arms, set on low gold-tone block feet. The supplier describes it as a modern channel take on a traditional Chesterfield. It measures 87.01 inches wide, 33.86 inches deep and 27.56 inches high. Easy Life Markets sells it in navy blue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe look is clean and tailored rather than buttoned and fussy. The arms are the same height as the back, which gives the sofa a solid, boxy outline, and the channels run unbroken from the top of the back down to the floor line at the front. In the supplier's photos it sits on a wood floor in a bright room with large windows, styled with two white fluffy cushions, and the velvet catches the light along each channel. It suits a modern living room, a glam scheme with metallic accents or a classic room that needs one strong colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists this as a combination item shipped in three cartons. It does not give a written packing list, and it does not say whether the two white cushions in the photos are included. Please \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm before ordering if the cushions matter to you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification and dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e221\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.86\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.56\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat width between arms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70.08\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e178\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArm width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.07\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoot height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.97\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e132.28 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three-seat sofa with channel tufting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modern, Chesterfield-style in the supplier's words\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpholstery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Velvet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Navy blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCushions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Multi-density foam, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low gold-tone block feet, as shown in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeats:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem code:\u003c\/strong\u003e W1099S00082\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNavy or royal blue.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier calls the colour navy blue. In its photos it looks brighter, closer to a royal or cobalt blue. Velvet changes shade with the light and the direction of the pile, so expect it to look darker in a dim room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarton sizes.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists three sub-item cartons with lengths of 134.25 and 170.47 inches, which is longer than the sofa itself. These figures look wrong, possibly centimetres labelled as inches. The listed carton weights add up to about 142 lb.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Premium\" and \"expert craftsmanship\".\u003c\/strong\u003e These are the supplier's marketing words. It does not name the frame material, spring system or velvet composition, so we cannot add more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeet.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say what the gold-tone feet are made of.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Frame material, seat support, weight capacity, assembly steps, velvet composition and whether the throw cushions are included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Velvet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Velvet\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eVelvet\u003c\/a\u003e is a woven fabric with a short, dense pile that gives it a soft hand and a deep, glowing colour. Most furniture velvet today is made from polyester rather than silk or cotton, which makes it tougher and easier to clean. On a channel tufted sofa the pile catches the light differently on each rounded channel, which is a big part of the appeal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePlacing It in Your Room\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow about 87 inches of wall, plus a little space at each end for a side table or lamp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck door widths and stair turns against the carton sizes and the sofa depth of about 34 inches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePair the navy with warm woods, brass, white or blush pink for contrast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA large pale rug in front stops the dark sofa from feeling heavy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChannel Tufting Compared with Button Tufting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTraditional Chesterfield sofas use deep button tufting: the fabric is pulled down at points in a diamond grid, which creates a quilted, formal look. Channel tufting stitches the fabric into long vertical tubes instead. The result is smoother and more modern, with no buttons to catch dust or come loose, and the channels make the back look taller and the sofa slimmer. Here the channels run across the back, the inside and outside of the arms and the front of the seat base, so the pattern carries all the way round.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum with a soft brush head, following the direction of the pile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills at once with a clean cloth. Do not rub velvet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a garment steamer held a short distance away to lift crushed pile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it out of strong direct sunlight, which fades deep colours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiving rooms and lounges with space for a full-size sofa, buyers who want colour rather than grey or beige, and anyone after a channel tufted sofa with a smart, tailored outline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 87.01 inches (about 221 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a real Chesterfield?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a modern channel-tufted sofa in a Chesterfield style, with high square arms. It does not have the deep diamond buttoning of a traditional Chesterfield.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the seat height?\u003c\/strong\u003e About 18.1 inches, which is a standard, easy height to sit down on and get up from.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the cushions loose?\u003c\/strong\u003e The photos show a fixed, tailored seat and back with no loose seat cushions, apart from the two white throw cushions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is given. Easy Life Markets is a retailer, not the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Channel Tufted Sofa at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, as large furniture returns can be costly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beige-modular-sofa-tufted-with-ottoman-104-inch\"\u003eBeige modular sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wingback-accent-chair-grey-button-tufted\"\u003eWingback accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/78-in-modern-3-seater-boucle-sofa-upholstered-couch-with-3-pillows-for-bedroom-office-apartment-beige\"\u003e78 inch 3-seater boucle sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-sectionals\"\u003esofas and sectionals\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-couches\"\u003esofas and couches\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/51e116bd-3805-4697-b8dd-7d1683dfe294.jpg\" alt=\"Channel tufted sofa in navy blue velvet with gold-tone feet and two white cushions in a bright living room\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Navy Blue","offer_id":47174017286305,"sku":"CJFU259203001AZ","price":1292.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/51e116bd-3805-4697-b8dd-7d1683dfe294.jpg?v=1789108008"},{"product_id":"wingback-accent-chair-grey-button-tufted","title":"Wingback Accent Chair – Grey Fabric Button-Tufted Armchair with Rolled Arms, Wooden Legs","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWingback Accent Chair – Grey Button-Tufted Armchair with Rolled Arms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis wingback accent chair is a traditional high-backed armchair in light grey fabric, with a button-tufted back, side wings at head height, rolled arms with piped edges and four dark turned wooden legs. It measures 29.25 inches wide, 33.75 inches deep and 40.25 inches high, and the supplier rates it for 352 lb (160 kg). Easy Life Markets sells it in grey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWing chairs were made to keep draughts off the sitter's head and shoulders, and they are still one of the most comfortable shapes for reading or a cup of tea. This one keeps the classic outline but in a soft, linen-look grey that fits modern rooms as easily as traditional ones. The supplier's photos show it beside a black metal side table and a bookcase, with a woman curled up in it reading a magazine, which gives a good sense of how roomy the seat is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat You Get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne chair. The supplier provides photos only and no written packing list or assembly notes. Chairs of this type usually arrive with the legs to screw on. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want this confirmed before ordering. The side table, books and plants in the photos are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29.25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40.25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e102\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe seat width and depth in the photo are marked on the cushion. Your seating area may be slightly different once you sit back into the chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wingback armchair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpholstery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fabric with a linen-look weave, as shown in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Button tufted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArms:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rolled, with piping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Padded cushion with a spring pack, foam and non-woven fabric layers, according to a supplier cut-away image\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Turned eucalyptus wood, dark finish, according to the supplier's photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated weight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 352 lb (160 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJFU244404901AZ\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClub chair or wingback?\u003c\/strong\u003e The old title called it a club accent chair. A club chair is usually low and deep with no wings. This chair has a high back with wings, so we describe it as a wingback.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Removable cushion\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The old title said the cushion is removable. The photos show a separate, piped seat cushion that looks loose, but the supplier does not state it in writing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot a recliner.\u003c\/strong\u003e Some chairs that look like this recline. Nothing in the supplier's material shows a reclining mechanism or a lever, so we treat it as a fixed armchair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFabric.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not name the fabric. It looks like a linen-look weave, but that is our reading of the photos, not a stated fact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fabric composition, frame material, chair weight and assembly details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Wing Chairs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Wing_chair\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ewing chair\u003c\/a\u003e dates back to the late 1600s, when the side panels shielded people from draughts and from the heat of the fire. The wings also give you somewhere to rest your head, which is why the style has lasted as the classic reading and napping chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Put It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a reading corner with a floor lamp and a small side table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeside a fireplace or a window, facing into the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a bedroom as a dressing or reading chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn pairs either side of a coffee table, opposite a sofa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe grey works with almost any colour scheme. Add a patterned cushion or throw if you want it to stand out more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Seat Construction Matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne of the supplier's images shows a cut-away of the seat cushion: a block of individual coil springs wrapped in foam, covered with fabric on top and a non-woven layer underneath. A sprung cushion like this holds its shape longer than plain foam, because the springs carry most of the load and the foam only softens the surface. It also feels more supportive when you sit for a long time, which suits a reading chair. The supplier labels the image \"high resilience and softness\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe four legs are turned eucalyptus, a fast-growing hardwood that the supplier credits with giving strong support. They lift the chair high enough to clean underneath and give the classic wingback its traditional look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the footprint: about 29 × 34 inches, plus room to stretch your legs in front.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompare the 18.5 inch seat height with a chair you already find comfortable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLook at the colour on more than one screen. Light grey can read warmer or cooler depending on your lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum the tufts and seams with a soft brush head.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills straight away with a clean, damp cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlump the seat cushion regularly so it wears evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the legs are tight every few months.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReaders, anyone who likes a supportive high back, traditional and transitional living rooms, and buyers looking for a wingback accent chair in a neutral colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tall is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 40.25 inches (about 102 cm), tall enough for most adults to rest their head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come in other colours?\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey is the only option offered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier rates it for 352 lb (160 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it recline?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, nothing in the supplier's material shows a reclining function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is given. Easy Life Markets is a retailer, not the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Wingback Accent Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/swivel-accent-chair-blue-linen-look-adjustable-height\"\u003eSwivel accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-accent-chair-wood-frame-lumbar-pillow\"\u003eMid century modern accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/channel-tufted-sofa-navy-velvet-87-inch-3-seater\"\u003eChannel tufted sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedroom\"\u003ebedroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/3a454a26-72c6-489c-b42a-7427bd297a87.jpg\" alt=\"Wingback accent chair in grey fabric with button-tufted back and turned wooden legs beside a black side table\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Grey","offer_id":47174055133345,"sku":"CJFU244404901AZ","price":265.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/3a454a26-72c6-489c-b42a-7427bd297a87.jpg?v=1789108540"},{"product_id":"bean-bag-chair-teardrop-striped-fabric-4-sizes","title":"Bean Bag Chair – Teardrop Lazy Sofa Lounge Chair in Striped Fabric, 4 Sizes, 6 Colours","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBean Bag Chair – Teardrop Lazy Sofa in Striped Fabric, Four Sizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bean bag chair is a soft teardrop-shaped seat in a ribbed, striped woven fabric, with a fabric carry loop at the top. It comes in four sizes, from a Medium about 80 cm wide to a Supersize about 120 cm wide, and in six colours plus two Extra large sets. Easy Life Markets sells it for bedrooms, reading corners and anywhere you want a low, relaxed seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier calls it a lazy sofa, and that sums it up. There is no frame. You drop into it and it shapes itself around you. The tall back of the teardrop supports your shoulders and the lower front becomes a seat. The loop on top lets you drag it to another room or stand it up out of the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat You Get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's packing list is one lazy couch. The two Grey crane sets add extras, as explained below. The supplier does not say whether the filling is included, what it is made of, or whether the cover comes off. Please \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering if you need those answers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's size chart. The chart measures height with the bag lifted upright and width with someone sitting in it, and the supplier notes that the soft shape means some variation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight (cm)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth (cm)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. inches (H × W)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.4 × 31.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43.3 × 35.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra large\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47.2 × 39.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupersize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47.2 × 47.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe written text also gives \"Large size 90 × 110 cm\", which matches the chart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single-seat bean bag lounge chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Teardrop, with a carry loop on top\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fabric, with a ribbed stripe in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e None. The supplier lists the frame as fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Danfeng, Grey crane, Jujube, Literal element, Smoked clothes, South wind\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey crane Set A and Set B, Extra large only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium, Large, Extra large, Supersize\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modern and simple, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Colours and Sets Explained\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe colour names are direct translations from the supplier and do not describe the shades well. The photos show a blue-grey, a sand beige, a warm grey, a dark brown stripe, a charcoal and a terracotta red. The supplier does not say which name goes with which photo. Danfeng means red maple, so we expect that to be the terracotta, and Grey crane is labelled in one photo as the grey option. For the others, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e and we will check before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's photos show the Extra large Grey crane bag with a brown throw blanket marked 200 × 230 cm, and in another image with that blanket and a grey tasselled cushion. We read Set A as the bag with the blanket and Set B as the bag with blanket and cushion. The supplier does not confirm this in writing, so check with us first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling.\u003c\/strong\u003e Nothing in the supplier data says whether the bag arrives filled. Some lazy sofas ship as empty covers. Ask us before you buy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Tatami\" and \"recliner\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title used both words. This is a floor-level bean bag. It does not recline mechanically and it is not a tatami mat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtras in the photos.\u003c\/strong\u003e Side tables, lamps, rugs and the cushion in the main room photo are styling only, except where the Set options say otherwise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize descriptions.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text mentions pillows and footrests next to the sizes. The size options themselves are just Medium, Large, Extra large and Supersize.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fabric composition, filling type and weight, whether the cover is removable or washable, and package size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Bean Bags\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Bean_bag_chair\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ebean bag chair\u003c\/a\u003e appeared in the late 1960s as a cheap, light and informal alternative to the armchair. The idea has not changed much since: a strong outer cover, a loose filling of small beads or foam, and no frame at all. That is why they are easy to move, safe for children to flop into and comfortable in a way that adapts to whoever sits in them. Over time the filling compresses, and most bags need topping up now and then.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing a Size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium\u003c\/strong\u003e suits a child, or an adult who wants a compact seat for a small bedroom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge\u003c\/strong\u003e is a comfortable single seat for most adults.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra large\u003c\/strong\u003e gives a taller back for leaning against while reading or gaming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupersize\u003c\/strong\u003e is as wide as it is tall and lets you curl up or sprawl.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlump and shake the bag regularly to spread the filling evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush or vacuum the fabric to remove dust and crumbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpot clean marks with a damp cloth and mild soap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from fires, heaters and sharp objects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not let small children open any zip. Loose beads are a choking hazard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBedrooms, teenagers' rooms, games corners, reading nooks and small flats where a full armchair would take too much space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size should I pick?\u003c\/strong\u003e Most adults are happy with Large or Extra large. See the table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it filled?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say. Ask us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wash the cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say whether it is removable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are Set A and Set B?\u003c\/strong\u003e Extra large Grey crane bags with extra items shown in the photos. See the section above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded bean bag from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Bean Bag Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page and depend on the size and set you choose. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/pumpkin-chair-with-footstool-round-single-sofa-lounge\"\u003ePumpkin chair with footstool\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tatami-floor-chair-folding-lazy-sofa-small-apartments\"\u003eTatami floor chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wave-lounge-chair-low-lazy-sofa-6-colours\"\u003eWave lounge chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedroom\"\u003ebedroom\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/cb015bb1-506f-4739-948a-62ae36462265.jpg\" alt=\"Bean bag chair in blue-grey striped fabric with a carry loop, on a rug beside a small table\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Danfeng \/ Extra large","offer_id":47174355878049,"sku":"CJJT168360623WD","price":147.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Danfeng \/ Large size","offer_id":47174355910817,"sku":"CJJT168360622VE","price":124.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Danfeng \/ Medium size","offer_id":47174355943585,"sku":"CJJT168360621UF","price":114.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Danfeng \/ Supersize","offer_id":47174355976353,"sku":"CJJT168360624XC","price":190.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey crane Set A \/ Extra large","offer_id":47174356009121,"sku":"CJJT168360625YB","price":191.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey crane Set B \/ Extra large","offer_id":47174356041889,"sku":"CJJT168360629CX","price":208.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey crane \/ Extra large","offer_id":47174356074657,"sku":"CJJT168360615OL","price":147.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey crane \/ Large size","offer_id":47174356107425,"sku":"CJJT168360614NM","price":124.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey crane \/ Medium size","offer_id":47174356140193,"sku":"CJJT168360613MN","price":114.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey crane \/ Supersize","offer_id":47174356172961,"sku":"CJJT168360616PK","price":190.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Jujube \/ Extra large","offer_id":47174356205729,"sku":"CJJT168360603CX","price":147.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Jujube \/ Large size","offer_id":47174356238497,"sku":"CJJT168360602BY","price":124.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Jujube \/ Medium size","offer_id":47174356271265,"sku":"CJJT168360601AZ","price":113.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Jujube \/ Supersize","offer_id":47174356304033,"sku":"CJJT168360604DW","price":190.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Literal element \/ Extra large","offer_id":47174356336801,"sku":"CJJT168360611KP","price":147.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Literal element \/ Large size","offer_id":47174356369569,"sku":"CJJT168360610JQ","price":124.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Literal element \/ Medium size","offer_id":47174356402337,"sku":"CJJT168360609IR","price":114.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Literal element \/ Supersize","offer_id":47174356435105,"sku":"CJJT168360612LO","price":190.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Smoked clothes \/ Extra large","offer_id":47174356467873,"sku":"CJJT168360619SH","price":147.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Smoked clothes \/ Large size","offer_id":47174356500641,"sku":"CJJT168360618RI","price":124.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Smoked clothes \/ Medium size","offer_id":47174356533409,"sku":"CJJT168360617QJ","price":114.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Smoked clothes \/ Supersize","offer_id":47174356566177,"sku":"CJJT168360620TG","price":190.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"South wind \/ Extra large","offer_id":47174356598945,"sku":"CJJT168360607GT","price":147.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"South wind \/ Large size","offer_id":47174356631713,"sku":"CJJT168360606FU","price":124.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"South wind \/ Medium size","offer_id":47174356664481,"sku":"CJJT168360605EV","price":114.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"South wind \/ Supersize","offer_id":47174356697249,"sku":"CJJT168360608HS","price":190.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/cb015bb1-506f-4739-948a-62ae36462265.jpg?v=1789110105"},{"product_id":"swivel-barrel-chair-green-corduroy-pedestal-base","title":"Swivel Barrel Chair – Green Corduroy Accent Chair with Pedestal Base and Thick Cushion for Reading","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSwivel Barrel Chair – Green Corduroy Accent Chair with Pedestal Base\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis swivel barrel chair has a curved, wraparound back and arms, a 7.9 inch thick seat cushion and a round pedestal base that turns through 360 degrees. It is covered all over in green corduroy, base included. It measures 27.6 inches wide, 26 inches deep and 28.7 inches high. Easy Life Markets sells it in green.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe shape is the selling point. The back and arms form one continuous curve that stops just above the seat, leaving an open gap at the back. That gap keeps the chair looking light from behind and makes it easy to grab and turn. The base is a solid drum rather than four legs, so it reads as a single sculptural piece in a corner, by a window or next to a bed. The supplier's photos show it in a sunny living room with a side table and a plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne accent chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes the chair as easy to assemble but does not list the steps, tools or fixings. Side tables, cups and plants in the photos are not included. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want any of this confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll figures come from the supplier's specification and match its dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat width × depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.7 × 21.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55.1 × 54.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height from floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat cushion thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBack panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.8 × 10.6, 2.8 thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 × 26.9, 7.1 thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArm (length × width × height above seat)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.7 × 2.8 × 8.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39.9 × 7.1 × 22.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swivel accent chair, barrel style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corduroy, 100% polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInner materials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foam, metal frame and multilayer board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Round pedestal, upholstered, with adjustable foot pads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwivel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 360 degrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated weight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 265 lb (120 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier item label:\u003c\/strong\u003e 83B-644V00GN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe size option.\u003c\/strong\u003e The listing's only size option reads 720 × 662 × 500 mm. That does not match the 27.6 × 26 × 28.7 inch chair, which is about 701 × 660 × 729 mm. We believe it refers to the carton. Use the table above for the chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Ergonomic\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier uses the word for the curved back. It is a comfortable lounge chair, not an office chair with adjustable lumbar support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBack height.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 28.7 inches overall, this is a low-backed chair. It supports the lower and middle back. It does not support your head.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwivel only.\u003c\/strong\u003e The chair turns. It does not rock, recline or change height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand placeholder.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's own text contains an unfilled \"[BRAND NAME]\" placeholder. No brand is actually stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Assembled weight, package size, foam density and whether the cover is removable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Corduroy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Corduroy\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eCorduroy\u003c\/a\u003e is a fabric woven with raised parallel cords, called wales, with channels between them. Wide wales like the ones on this chair give a soft, ribbed surface that catches the light and hides small creases. It is warm to the touch, which is why it suits a reading chair. The ribs do trap dust and pet hair more than a flat weave, so a quick brush now and then keeps it looking right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a living room as an extra seat that turns to face the TV or the conversation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a bedroom corner as a reading chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a home office as a place to sit away from the desk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeside a window, with a small side table for a cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow a clear circle of about 30 inches (76 cm) so it can turn without hitting a wall or table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComfort and Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 18.1 inch seat height is close to a standard dining chair, so most adults can sit down and stand up without effort. The 21.7 inch seat is wide enough to tuck your legs up. The arms rise 8.7 inches above the seat, which keeps elbows supported without boxing you in. The foot pads under the base can be adjusted to stop it wobbling on an uneven floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's photos describe the back and arms as one integrated piece, so there are no separate back cushions to straighten after use. The supplier does not say whether the seat cushion is loose or fixed. Give the foam a day to recover its shape after unpacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum with a soft brush attachment, working along the ribs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills straight away with a dry cloth. Do not rub across the ribs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpot clean with a little mild soap and water and let it dry fully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it out of strong direct sun to slow fading of the green.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not stand on the chair or sit on the arms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeople who want one statement chair rather than a matching set, small living rooms and bedrooms, and readers who like to curl up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 27.6 × 26 × 28.7 inches, or about 70 × 66 × 73 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it rock or recline?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It swivels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier rates it at 265 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says it is easy to assemble and includes a manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded chair from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Swivel Barrel Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/swivel-accent-chair-blue-linen-look-adjustable-height\"\u003eSwivel accent chair in blue\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-accent-chair-wood-frame-lumbar-pillow\"\u003eMid century modern accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-tripod-side-table-small-35cm-wood-legs\"\u003eRound tripod side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/c7aaf05f-ec19-4769-932d-322fc4884de9.jpg\" alt=\"Swivel barrel chair in green corduroy with open back and round pedestal base in a living room\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Green \/ 720x662x500 mm","offer_id":47174370001057,"sku":"CJFU27929670001","price":217.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/c7aaf05f-ec19-4769-932d-322fc4884de9.jpg?v=1789110371"},{"product_id":"green-fabric-sofa-3-seater-81-inch-pillow-top-arms","title":"Green Fabric Sofa – 81 Inch 3 Seater Upholstered Couch with Pillow-Top Arms, Dark Green","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGreen Fabric Sofa – 81 Inch 3 Seater Couch with Pillow-Top Arms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis green fabric sofa is a full-size three-seater, 81 inches wide, 30.5 inches deep and 34.5 inches high, upholstered in a dark green textured polyester. It has thick pillow-top arms, three stitched back cushions and three seat cushions on short black block legs. Easy Life Markets sells it in dark green.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a straightforward, comfortable family sofa. The arms are wide and padded enough to lean on or rest your head on for a nap. The back cushions are split into three with stitched channels, so each person gets their own backrest. The seat is 60 inches wide inside the arms, which seats three adults without anyone perching. The supplier's photos show it in an open-plan living room with a throw over one arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists this as a combination item sent in two packages, weighing 64 lb and 48 lb. It does not give a packing list or assembly steps. The throw, rug and decor in the photos are not included. Please \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want the contents or assembly details confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification and dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e205.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e77.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat width (inside arms)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e152.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArm height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArm width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBack cushion height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeg height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assembled sofa weighs 101 lb (45.8 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three-seat upholstered sofa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Textured polyester fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArms:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pillow-top\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose back, three channel-stitched cushions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black plastic block legs, according to the supplier's detail photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeat feel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWear rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium duty, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 lb, according to the supplier's dimension photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier package codes:\u003c\/strong\u003e W5568P456919 and W5568P456911\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text mentions sleek block legs with a sturdy solid wood frame. Its detail photo labels the legs as black plastic. We go with the photo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame.\u003c\/strong\u003e The specification says wood. The feature text says solid wood. We cannot confirm whether the frame is solid timber, plywood or a mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArm style.\u003c\/strong\u003e One part of the supplier text calls them track arms. The photos and specification show rounded pillow-top arms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight capacity.\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 lb is the supplier's recommended figure for the whole sofa. It is low for three adults, so treat it as a guide and avoid jumping or standing on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage sizes.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's package lengths of 164 and 130.5 inches are longer than the sofa itself and look like data errors, so we do not quote them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Removable or washable covers, cushion foam density and assembly time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Sofas\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Couch\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ecouch\u003c\/a\u003e or sofa is still the piece that decides how a living room works. The three numbers that matter most are seat depth, seat height and arm height. A 21 inch seat depth and an 18 inch seat height, as here, suit most adults sitting upright with feet on the floor. Taller people who like to sink back may prefer deeper seats, while shorter people often find this depth comfortable without extra cushions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure a wall space of at least 82 inches (about 2.1 m) to leave a little air at each end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave about 18 inches (45 cm) between the sofa and a coffee table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck door widths, stairs and tight corners on the route in. The sofa arrives in two packages, which helps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave a few centimetres behind it if it sits in front of a radiator.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery Day and Assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two packages together weigh about 112 lb, so plan for two people to carry them in. Open the boxes in the room where the sofa will stand, on a rug or a sheet of cardboard so the fabric and legs are not scratched. The supplier does not give assembly steps, but sofas sent in two boxes usually need the legs screwed on and, in some cases, the back or arms fitted. Keep every bolt together until you have read the instructions. Tighten the legs by hand, then check the sofa sits level before anyone uses it. Give the foam cushions a day or so to recover their full shape after being packed, and plump them by hand to help.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStyling It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDark green works with warm wood, brass and cream. A pale rug in front, as in the supplier's photos, keeps the room light. Mustard, rust or ochre cushions add contrast. If your walls are already dark, a light throw over one arm stops the sofa from disappearing into the background.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum regularly with an upholstery brush.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills quickly with a clean cloth. Do not rub.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpot clean with mild soap and water, testing on a hidden area first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn and plump the back cushions to keep the wear even.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it out of strong direct sun to protect the colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFamilies and households that want an everyday three-seater with soft arms for lounging, in a deep colour that hides marks better than pale fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 81 × 30.5 × 34.5 inches, or about 206 × 78 × 88 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many people does it seat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Three adults.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come in other colours?\u003c\/strong\u003e This listing is dark green only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the throw included?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is shown for styling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded sofa from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Green Fabric Sofa at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, as this is a large item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/futon-sofa-bed-70-inch-green-teddy-fabric\"\u003eFuton sofa bed in green\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/boucle-sofa-78-inch-3-seater-cream-3-pillows\"\u003eBoucle sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/metal-coffee-table-low-steel-lacquered-magazine-well\"\u003eMetal coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-sectionals\"\u003esofas and sectionals\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/136fc5a6-23ec-4047-a853-10d1982f684f.jpg\" alt=\"Green fabric sofa with three seats and pillow-top arms in a living room with a throw over one arm\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Dark Green","offer_id":47174394478753,"sku":"CJFU29195780001","price":386.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/136fc5a6-23ec-4047-a853-10d1982f684f.jpg?v=1789111098"},{"product_id":"boucle-sofa-78-inch-3-seater-cream-3-pillows","title":"Boucle Sofa – 78 Inch Modern 3 Seater Upholstered Couch with 3 Pillows, Beige","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBoucle Sofa – 78 Inch 3 Seater Couch with Rounded Arms and 3 Pillows\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis boucle sofa is a 78 inch three-seater with soft, rounded arms, three puffy back cushions and three small throw pillows, all covered in a looped boucle fabric. It measures 78 inches wide, 31.5 inches deep and 30 inches high. The supplier calls the colour beige, and in the photos it looks like a warm cream. Easy Life Markets sells it in this one colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe look is round and cloud-like. The supplier describes the design as petal-inspired, and you can see why: the arms are thick rolls and the three back cushions bulge like petals above a deep seat. The seat is 26 inches deep, which is generous, so you can sit back with your legs up or lean into the pillows. It sits low, with a 15.5 inch seat height, which adds to the relaxed, lounging feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists this as a combination item sent in two packages, weighing 81.57 lb and 38.14 lb. The three pillows are part of the product. The supplier does not give a full packing list or assembly steps. The rug, plant and pictures in the photos are not included. Please \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want the contents or assembly confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification and dimension drawing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e198.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArm height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assembled sofa weighs 104.5 lb (47.4 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three-seat upholstered sofa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boucle fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wooden, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-density, high-resilience foam, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCushions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three back cushions plus three throw pillows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArms:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded, padded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Short dark feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beige (cream in the photos)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier package codes:\u003c\/strong\u003e N773P342148B and N773P342147B\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says beige. On our screens the photos look closer to cream or off-white. Colours vary by screen, so if the exact shade matters, ask us before you order.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Resists warping\".\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the supplier's claim for the wooden frame. The type of wood is not stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Ergonomic\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier uses the word for the overall shape. There is no adjustable support. The comfort comes from the deep seat and the pillows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow seat.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 15.5 inch seat is lower than most sofas. It is cosy for lounging. Some older people may find it harder to get up from.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage sizes.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's package lengths of 166.9 and 132.7 inches are longer than the sofa and look like data errors, so we do not quote them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight capacity, whether the covers are removable and the fibre content of the boucle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Boucle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Boucl%C3%A9\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eBouclé\u003c\/a\u003e takes its name from the French for \"curled\". The yarn is spun with small loops, which gives the fabric its nubbly, sheepskin-like texture. It has become a favourite for rounded modern furniture because the texture softens the outline and feels warm. The loops are its one weakness: claws, rings and Velcro can snag them, so it is not the best choice for a house with a cat that likes to scratch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a living room as the main sofa, in a calm, neutral scheme.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a large bedroom or a studio flat as a lounging seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn an office or reception area that needs a soft, welcoming seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpposite a coffee table, with about 18 inches (45 cm) clear between them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure doorways and stairs before ordering. The sofa arrives in two packages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery Day and Assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two packages together weigh about 120 lb, and the heavier one is over 80 lb, so plan for two people to carry it in. Unpack in the room where the sofa will stand, on a clean sheet or rug, and keep knives well away from the fabric when you cut the wrapping. A pale boucle shows dirt quickly, so wash your hands before handling it. The supplier does not give assembly steps. Keep all fixings together and read the instructions before you start. Once it is together, let the foam recover for a day and shape the back cushions and pillows by hand so they sit evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStyling It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cream sofa like this sits well with light oak, stone, linen and soft greens. Keep the rest of the room simple and let the rounded shape stand out. Add colour with a rug or artwork rather than many cushions, since the three pillows already fill the back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum gently with a soft brush. Do not use a beater bar on the loops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills at once with a clean, dry cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpot clean with a little mild soap and water. Test on a hidden area first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf a loop snags, do not pull it. Push it back or trim it carefully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlump the cushions and pillows often so they keep their round shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA pale fabric shows marks, so a washable throw is worth having for everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeople decorating in soft, neutral colours who want a sofa with presence, couples and small families, and anyone who likes to sit deep and low.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 78 × 31.5 × 30 inches, or about 198 × 80 × 76 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the pillows included?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The listing includes three pillows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it white or beige?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier calls it beige. It looks cream in the photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded sofa from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Boucle Sofa at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, as this is a large item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/modular-sectional-sofa-114-inch-boneless-boucle-curved\"\u003eModular sectional sofa in boucle\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beige-modular-sofa-tufted-with-ottoman-104-inch\"\u003eBeige modular sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/green-fabric-sofa-3-seater-81-inch-pillow-top-arms\"\u003eGreen fabric sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-sectionals\"\u003esofas and sectionals\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/ba1351a1-106b-4dea-921b-e5ab14067f5f.jpg\" alt=\"Boucle sofa in cream with rounded arms, three back cushions and three pillows in a living room\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Beige","offer_id":47174426427553,"sku":"CJFU29252900001","price":949.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/ba1351a1-106b-4dea-921b-e5ab14067f5f.jpg?v=1789111768"},{"product_id":"extendable-coffee-table-sliding-top-drawer-black-walnut","title":"Extendable Coffee Table – Black and Walnut Rectangular Table with Drawer and Open Shelves","description":"\u003ch2\u003eExtendable Coffee Table – Black and Walnut Table with Drawer and Open Shelves\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis extendable coffee table has a black top that slides sideways over a walnut-finish end unit, so you can make it longer when you need more surface and push it back when you do not. Under the top there is a drawer and two open shelves. Easy Life Markets sells it in the black and walnut two-tone finish shown in the photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a low, wide table built for a living room in front of a sofa. Most of the time it works as an ordinary coffee table. When guests arrive, or when you want room for a laptop, a board game or a tray of food, you slide the top out and get extra length without bringing in another table. The open shelves hold remotes, magazines and small speakers. The drawer keeps the clutter out of sight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists this as a general item sent flat-packed in one package of 47.64 × 25.20 × 6.69 inches, weighing 88.47 lb (40.1 kg). It needs assembling. The supplier does not list the parts, fixings or tools, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want those confirmed before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's text and its dimension photo give slightly different figures, so we show both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupplier text\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimension photo\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47.24 in (120 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43.31 in (110 cm) across the top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.65 in (55 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.57 in (54.8 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.57 in (37 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.57 in (37 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft storage module\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.63 in (90.5 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight end unit width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.45 in (24 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen shelf opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 × 5.12 in (43 × 13 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assembled table weighs 76.72 lb (34.8 kg). The supplier does not give the fully extended length. We think the 43.31 inch figure in the photo is the top in its closed position and 47.24 inches may be a larger overall measurement, but the supplier does not confirm either reading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangular coffee table with a sliding, extendable top\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 mm particle board with a 3 mm MDF back board, melamine finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black top and carcass, walnut-grain drawer front and end unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drawer on metal slides, two open shelves, open space in the end unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour option listed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier item code:\u003c\/strong\u003e W331P262583\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Top Extends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe photos show the table in two positions. Closed, the black top sits flush over the storage module and the walnut end unit. Opened, the top slides across so that more of it hangs over the end unit, which makes the table longer. The supplier's text calls this an expandable design that lets you change the size to suit your space. It does not explain whether the top runs on rails or simply slides, and it does not state the maximum extension or the load the extended section can take.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo drawers or one?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's name says two storage drawers. The photos clearly show one drawer with a walnut front on the left. A second drawer is not visible in any photo, so we cannot confirm it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Black\" means two-tone.\u003c\/strong\u003e The only colour option is called Black, and the supplier lists the main colours as black and walnut brown. Every photo shows a black table with walnut-effect panels. That is what you should expect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is not solid wood.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier states particle board and MDF with a melamine surface. The wood grain is a printed finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThings in the photos that are not sold.\u003c\/strong\u003e The digital clock, plant, vase, books and rug are styling props.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extended length, weight limits for the top and shelves, drawer inside size and the type of drawer slide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe surface is a melamine finish, which is paper soaked in \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Melamine_resin\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003emelamine resin\u003c\/a\u003e and pressed onto the board. It is the standard surface on flat-pack furniture because it is hard, smooth and easy to wipe. Its weak point is the edge. If water gets past the edge banding into the particle board underneath, the board can swell. Wipe spills promptly and the finish will stay in good shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit Your Room?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow about 120 cm of length for the closed table, plus extra space at the end where the top slides out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave around 40 to 45 cm between the table and the sofa so people can walk past.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt 37 cm high, it sits at a typical coffee table height for most sofas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe drawer opens from the front, so keep that side clear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly and Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble it in the room where it will stand. It weighs almost 35 kg built.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork on a rug or the box lid to protect the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not lift the table by the extended top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean with a soft damp cloth and dry it straight away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse coasters for hot cups. Melamine resists heat, but not a hot pan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiving rooms where the table has to do more than one job: coffee table in the evening, laptop desk or snack table at other times. It also suits people who like a closed drawer for remotes and chargers rather than leaving everything on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier gives 47.24 × 21.65 × 14.57 inches. See the table above for the photo figures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow far does it extend?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not state the extended length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is particle board and MDF with a melamine finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is given. It is an unbranded table from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Extendable Coffee Table at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, as this is a heavy item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lift-top-coffee-table-rectangle-outlets-usb-led-black\"\u003eLift top coffee table with outlets\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/high-gloss-coffee-table-white-drawers-tv-cabinet\"\u003eHigh gloss coffee table with drawers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/metal-coffee-table-low-steel-lacquered-magazine-well\"\u003eMetal coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/coffee-tables\"\u003ecoffee tables\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/9371c56a-37c0-4b1c-b159-1fb57176be66.jpg\" alt=\"Extendable coffee table with black top, walnut drawer and open shelves in a living room\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47174523158689,"sku":"CJFU233129501AZ","price":195.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/9371c56a-37c0-4b1c-b159-1fb57176be66.jpg?v=1789114132"},{"product_id":"lift-top-coffee-table-rectangle-outlets-usb-led-black","title":"Lift Top Coffee Table – 39.4 Inch Rectangle Table with Storage Pockets, Outlets, USB and LED Strip, Black","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLift Top Coffee Table – 39.4 Inch Rectangle Table with Outlets, USB and LED Strip\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis lift top coffee table is a black, rectangular table about 39.4 inches long with a top that rises and moves towards you, a hidden compartment underneath, a fabric side pocket, a lower shelf, a built-in power panel and a colour-changing LED strip. Easy Life Markets sells it in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe point of a lift-up top is simple. You can sit on the sofa and work on a laptop or eat a meal at a sensible height without leaning forward over a low table. When you are done, the top folds back down and the table looks like any other coffee table. This one adds somewhere to charge a phone or plug in a lamp, and lighting on the lower shelf for the evening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not give a packing list, package size or weight. The table is sold flat-packed and needs assembling. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want the box size or parts list before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize and Load\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFigure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSource\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39.4 in (100 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplier title\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth and height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e–\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110.23 lb (50 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplier photo, part not specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 sockets + 2 USB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplier photo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangular lift-up coffee table with storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop modes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Normal, raised, and raised and moved forward (three modes, according to the supplier)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLift mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal lift-up hinges, described by the supplier as pneumatic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBody:\u003c\/strong\u003e Particleboard with a black wood-grain finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black metal frame and legs, as seen in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hidden compartment under the top, lower shelf with a divider, two-layer fabric side pocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in panel with two sockets and two USB ports on a lead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Multi-colour adjustable LED strip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJFU26500210001\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Brand\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's photos carry the VEVOR logo. We are passing on what the supplier states. Easy Life Markets is a retailer, not the manufacturer, and we make no claim to be an authorised dealer for the brand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlug type and voltage.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not state the plug type, socket type, voltage, USB output or cable length of the power panel. Please \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering so we can check it matches the sockets in your home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Solid wood high legs\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text says this. In the photos the legs look like black square metal tube, part of the metal frame. We describe them as metal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Pneumatic\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier calls the lift pneumatic and says it is smooth and silent. We have not tested it. Lift hinges of this kind usually use spring assistance, so the top can move quickly. Keep hands clear of the hinges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof and scratch-resistant.\u003c\/strong\u003e These are the supplier's words for the finish. Treat it as wipe-clean, not waterproof.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe 50 kg badge.\u003c\/strong\u003e A photo shows a 110.23 lb \/ 50 kg capacity icon without saying whether it applies to the raised top or the whole table. Do not sit or stand on the raised top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Depth, height closed and raised, weight, package size, power specifications and how the LED strip is controlled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow a Lift Top Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLift-up tables use a pair of hinged metal arms under the top, usually assisted by a spring or a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Gas_spring\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003egas spring\u003c\/a\u003e so that the weight of the panel feels lighter as you raise it. On this table only part of the top lifts. The photos show one section rising and coming forward while the other stays fixed, which gives you a raised work surface plus a lower ledge for a drink or a phone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUsing the Power Panel Safely\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not plug in heaters, kettles or other high-power appliances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep drinks away from the sockets on the lower shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun the lead so nobody trips on it, and do not trap it under the table legs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnplug the table before cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly and Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the lift hinges exactly as the instructions show and tighten all bolts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaise and lower the top gently for the first few uses and check that both sides move evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the surface with a damp cloth and dry it. Avoid strong solvents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not overload the raised top. Keep heavy items in the compartment or on the lower shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA few checks save a return. First, measure the space in front of your sofa. A table about 100 cm long suits a two- or three-seat sofa, and you need room to pull the lifted top towards you. Second, think about where the power lead will run. The panel sits on the lower shelf, so the lead has to reach a wall socket from the middle of the room. A rug or a cable cover keeps it tidy and safe. Third, ask us about the plug type. Because the supplier does not state it, we would rather confirm it for you than have you find out on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlso consider how you will use the raised top. It is designed for a laptop, a plate or a book, not for a heavy monitor or a printer. If you want a coffee table that can turn into a work surface for an hour or two, this is the kind of table that does that well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinally, remember that the storage compartment is under the lifting section. Anything you keep in there is reached by raising the top, so it suits things you use daily, like remotes, chargers and a notebook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeople who eat or work from the sofa, small flats without a separate desk or dining table, and anyone who wants charging and storage in the middle of the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 39.4 inches, about 100 cm. Other dimensions are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have sockets?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The photos show a panel with two sockets and two USB ports. The plug type is not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the LED change colour?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier describes multi-colour adjustable ambient lights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The supplier states particleboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e The photos carry the VEVOR logo. See the brand note above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Lift Top Coffee Table at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-lift-top-coffee-table-35-inch-storage-black\"\u003eRound lift top coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/extendable-coffee-table-sliding-top-drawer-black-walnut\"\u003eExtendable coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/led-nightstand-white-high-gloss-2-drawers-rgb\"\u003eLED nightstand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/coffee-tables\"\u003ecoffee tables\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/b3396040-4889-4b60-8073-cf4404d49241.jpg\" alt=\"Lift top coffee table in black with the top raised, hidden compartment and power panel\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"black","offer_id":47174523945121,"sku":"CJFU26500210001","price":194.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/b3396040-4889-4b60-8073-cf4404d49241.jpg?v=1789114251"},{"product_id":"round-coffee-table-set-2-piece-wood-look-metal-legs","title":"Round Coffee Table Set – 2 Piece 31.3 Inch Coffee Table and Side Table with Metal Legs, Natural Wood Colour","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRound Coffee Table Set – 2 Piece Wood-Look Coffee Table and Side Table with Metal Legs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis round coffee table set is two tables: a low, 31.3 inch round coffee table and a smaller, taller round side table. Both have thick, drum-shaped tops in a light natural wood colour with a carved ring pattern, standing on slim black metal legs. Easy Life Markets sells the pair in the natural wood colour shown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe look is warm and simple. The ripple texture on the tops is the main feature, and the black legs keep the tables visually light. Used together, the big table goes in front of the sofa and the small one sits beside an armchair or at the end of the sofa. They also work apart: the side table as a bedside table or a plant stand, the coffee table on its own in a reading corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 round coffee table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 round side table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's title describes easy assembly, so expect some assembly on delivery. The supplier does not list fixings, tools, package size or weight. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e if you need those details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePiece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoffee table diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoffee table height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide table diameter and height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe only measurement the supplier gives is the 31.3 inch diameter in the product name. In the photos the side table top is roughly half that width and the side table stands taller than the coffee table, but we cannot give exact figures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two-piece round coffee table and end table set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTops:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thick round tops with a concentric ring texture, natural wood colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black metal, three per table in the photos, with floor-protecting foot caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier calls it retro, countryside and vintage industrial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour option:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural wood color\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJFU26614330001\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text says the upper and lower layers provide hidden storage, and one photo has the headline \"Ample Storage Space\". None of the photos shows a drawer, lid or shelf. We cannot confirm any storage, so please treat these as plain tables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat the tops are made of.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says the surfaces are finished with natural wood and calls it hand-made wood. It does not name the timber or say whether the tops are solid or a wood finish over another material. The supplier also notes that grain and structure may vary from piece to piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof and wear-resistant.\u003c\/strong\u003e These are the supplier's claims. A textured wooden surface will mark if water sits in the grooves, so wipe spills straight away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"High weight capacity\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier gives no figure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heights, side table size, materials of the tops, load limits and the weight of each table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Coffee Tables\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Coffee_table\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ecoffee table\u003c\/a\u003e is a low table made to be used from a sofa or armchair. Round tables are popular in smaller rooms because there are no corners to walk into and they leave more space for movement around them. A round coffee table set with a matching side table gives you a surface in reach of every seat without crowding the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePlacing the Two Tables\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the coffee table about 40 to 45 cm from the front edge of the sofa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand the side table next to the arm of the sofa or chair, so a cup is in easy reach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe two tables can be grouped together, with the small one slightly overlapping the large one in plan, as in the supplier's photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree-legged tables stand firm on uneven floors, but keep heavy items near the centre of the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust the textured top with a soft brush or dry cloth to clear the grooves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe spills promptly and dry the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse coasters and mats under hot or wet items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the tables out of strong direct sunlight to slow fading of the wood colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the leg fixings from time to time and tighten them if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the supplier gives only one measurement, it is worth planning with care. A 31.3 inch top is about 80 cm across. That suits a two- or three-seat sofa in a small or medium living room. In front of a large corner sofa it may look small, and you might prefer to use both tables side by side. Lay a piece of paper or a rug of similar size on the floor where the table will go, and walk around it for a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThink too about what you will put on the tops. The carved ring texture is the main design feature, and it is lovely to look at, but it is not a perfectly flat surface. A tall glass or a vase with a small base is steadier on a coaster or a tray. Books, magazines, trays and bowls sit on it without any trouble.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe side table is a light piece on slim legs. It is ideal for a cup, a phone, a small lamp or a plant. Keep heavy items, such as a large stone pot, on the floor or on the bigger table instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you need the exact heights before buying, send us a message and we will ask the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiving rooms with a natural, Scandinavian or rustic look, smaller rooms where a rectangular table feels bulky, and anyone who wants a matching coffee table and side table in one purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the coffee table?\u003c\/strong\u003e 31.3 inches (about 79.5 cm) across. The height is not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre both tables included?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The set is one coffee table and one side table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the tables have storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier mentions hidden storage, but the photos show none. We do not count on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is given. It is an unbranded set from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Round Coffee Table Set at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-wood-side-table-geometric-base-50cm\"\u003eRound wood side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-tripod-side-table-small-35cm-wood-legs\"\u003eRound tripod side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/upholstered-nesting-coffee-table-set-of-2-corduroy-black\"\u003eUpholstered nesting coffee table set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/coffee-tables\"\u003ecoffee tables\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tables\"\u003etables\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/57b83bb9-02ea-4eb9-83eb-fb885fd0fb3b.jpg\" alt=\"Round coffee table set with ring-textured wood-look tops and black metal legs\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"natural wood color","offer_id":47174818136225,"sku":"CJFU26614330001","price":198.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/57b83bb9-02ea-4eb9-83eb-fb885fd0fb3b.jpg?v=1789118223"},{"product_id":"2-tier-glass-coffee-table-black-metal-frame-39-inch","title":"2 Tier Glass Coffee Table – 39.3 Inch Tempered Glass Table with Black Metal Frame","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2 Tier Glass Coffee Table – Black Metal Frame with Clear Tempered Glass, 39.3 Inch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 2 tier glass coffee table has a clear tempered glass top and a second glass shelf set lower down, both held in a slim black metal frame. It measures 39.3 × 20.1 × 18.1 inches (1000 × 510 × 460 mm). Easy Life Markets sells it in the black frame and clear glass combination shown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGlass tables suit rooms that feel cramped. You can see straight through them, so the floor and rug stay visible and the room looks bigger. The lower shelf on this one is stepped to one side, which gives the frame its distinctive offset shape and leaves a clear area underneath at the other end for your feet or a basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier says the table comes with clear instructions for assembly, and mentions adjustable feet and an EVA non-slip pad that holds the glass in place. A full parts list is not given. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want the package size before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions and Load\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures are from the supplier's parameter photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches \/ lb\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMetric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39.3 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBottom tier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.1 × 20 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.2 × 50.8 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper tier load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower tier load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.34 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangular two-tier coffee table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop and shelf:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear tempered glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Carbon steel with a black baked paint finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable, for levelling on uneven floors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass seating:\u003c\/strong\u003e EVA non-slip pads between frame and glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour option listed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Multicolor (black frame, clear glass)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel number shown in photos:\u003c\/strong\u003e ZH629\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJFU26562360001\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Multicolor\".\u003c\/strong\u003e That is the supplier's option name. The table in every photo has a black frame and clear glass. There is no other colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad figures.\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 lb for the top and 55 lb for the shelf are the supplier's ratings, spread evenly. Do not sit or stand on the glass, and do not drop heavy objects on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater, scratch and heat resistance.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's icons claim all three. Glass does resist water and heat well. It can still scratch from grit and ceramic bases, and a sudden temperature change on cold glass is best avoided.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says the baked paint resists corrosion and rust. That holds while the paint is intact. Touch up chips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass thickness, package size and weight, and the number of parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Tempered Glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Tempered_glass\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eTempered glass\u003c\/a\u003e is heated and then cooled quickly so that its surface is in compression. That makes it several times stronger than ordinary glass of the same thickness. If it does break, it shatters into small, blunt pieces rather than long sharp shards. It is the standard choice for glass furniture for that reason. It is still glass. A hard knock on an edge or corner is the most likely way to break it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLiving with a Glass Table\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse felt pads or coasters under ceramics, stone and metal objects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the glass with a soft cloth and glass cleaner. Microfibre leaves the fewest streaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the frame with a damp cloth and dry it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the non-slip pads stay in place when you lift the glass for cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWith small children, consider corner protectors on the glass edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild the frame first and level it with the adjustable feet before fitting the glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHave a second person help you lower each glass panel into place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay the glass on a blanket while you work, never on a hard floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the Right Size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 100 cm long and 51 cm wide, this table suits most two- and three-seat sofas. As a rule of thumb, a coffee table looks right when it is about two thirds of the length of the sofa. A sofa of around 150 to 200 cm pairs well with it. Its height of 46 cm is close to the seat height of many sofas, which makes it easy to reach a cup or a remote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stepped lower shelf is a good place for things you want to see but not have on top: a stack of magazines, a basket of remotes or a few books. Because the shelf is glass too, the table still looks light when the shelf is in use. Keep in mind that anything on the lower tier stays on view, so baskets and boxes are a good way to hide clutter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlass shows fingerprints and dust more readily than wood. If that bothers you, keep a microfibre cloth nearby. A quick wipe once a day keeps the top clear, and it takes less than a minute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe table weighs about 12.4 kg built. That is easy for two people to move, and the adjustable feet let you level it again in its new spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall living rooms and flats, modern and minimal interiors, and anyone who wants a light-looking table that will not dominate a room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 39.3 × 20.1 × 18.1 inches, or 1000 × 510 × 460 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre both tiers glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the photos show clear glass on both tiers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier rates the top at 100 lb and the lower shelf at 55 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, with the supplier's instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is given. It is an unbranded table from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the 2 Tier Glass Coffee Table at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/acrylic-side-table-clear-shelf-x-legs-39cm\"\u003eAcrylic side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/metal-coffee-table-low-steel-lacquered-magazine-well\"\u003eMetal coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2-tier-side-table-round-oval-trays-walnut-brown\"\u003e2 tier side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMore choice in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/coffee-tables\"\u003ecoffee tables\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/a2d292e9-1ba4-40d1-9c69-cf1ad6dc691e.jpg\" alt=\"2 tier glass coffee table with black metal frame and stepped lower glass shelf\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Multicolor","offer_id":47174822232225,"sku":"CJFU26562360001","price":94.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/a2d292e9-1ba4-40d1-9c69-cf1ad6dc691e.jpg?v=1789118285"},{"product_id":"round-lift-top-coffee-table-35-inch-storage-black","title":"Round Lift Top Coffee Table – 35.3 Inch Black Table with Hidden Storage and Side Pockets","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRound Lift Top Coffee Table – 35.3 Inch Black Table with Hidden Storage and Side Pockets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis round lift top coffee table is a 35.3 inch black table whose top section rises on metal hinges to give you a raised surface for a laptop or a meal. Under it is a hidden compartment, with fabric side pockets on the outside, an open middle tier and a round lower shelf on a cross-braced base. Easy Life Markets sells it in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRound tables are easier to live with in a small room. There are no corners to catch your shins, and people can sit around them from any side. This one adds the practical part: lift the top and you can type or eat at a comfortable height from the sofa, then drop it back down and the remotes, chargers and paperwork disappear inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not give a packing list, package size or weight. The table is sold flat-packed and needs assembling. If you want those details before ordering, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eget in touch\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize and Load\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFigure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSource\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.3 in (89.7 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplier title\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight, closed and raised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e–\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110.23 lb (50 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplier photo, part not specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Round lift-up coffee table with storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop modes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Normal and raised\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLift mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal lift-up structure, described by the supplier as pneumatic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBody:\u003c\/strong\u003e Particleboard, black finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four legs joined by a cross brace at floor level, with protective foot pads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hidden compartment under the lift section, open middle tier, round lower shelf, fabric side pockets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJFU26499630001\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Brand\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne of the supplier's photos carries the VEVOR logo. We are passing on what the supplier states. Easy Life Markets is a retailer, not the manufacturer, and we make no claim to be an authorised dealer for the brand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED light.\u003c\/strong\u003e One supplier photo is headed \"Side Storage Pockets \u0026amp; LED Strip Light\" and shows a blue glow on the lower shelf. The supplier's text for this table does not mention a light, power or a lead. We cannot confirm that a light is included, so please do not buy it for that feature without checking with us.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Solid wood high legs\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The text says this, and a photo label reads \"Solid Wood Legs\". The legs are black in every photo, and the material cannot be confirmed by eye.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Pneumatic\" and \"silent\".\u003c\/strong\u003e These are the supplier's descriptions. Lift hinges are usually spring-assisted. Keep fingers away from the hinge arms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof and scratch-resistant.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's claims for the surface. Treat it as wipe-clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height, weight, size of the hidden compartment and package details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Material\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier states the table is made from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Particle_board\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eparticle board\u003c\/a\u003e, which is wood chips bonded with resin and pressed into sheets, then covered with a decorative surface. It is flat, stable and much lighter on the wallet than solid wood. It does not like standing water or repeated screwing and unscrewing, so assemble it once, carefully, and wipe up spills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUsing the Lift Top\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift from the front edge with both hands until it stops in the raised position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo lower it, press down evenly. Do not let it drop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the raised top for light items: a laptop, plates, a drink. Heavier things belong in the compartment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not sit or lean on the raised top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe open base leaves space for a robot vacuum to pass under, according to the supplier. Check the gap against your own vacuum's height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly and Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the hinge steps in the instructions exactly. A hinge fitted the wrong way round will not work properly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten all bolts, then check again after a week of use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a damp cloth and dry it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash the fabric pockets by hand if they are removable. The supplier does not say.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the space in front of your sofa first. A round table about 90 cm across needs a clear circle of floor, plus room to pull the lifted top towards you. It suits a two- or three-seat sofa in a small or medium living room. In a long room it can also sit between two armchairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNext, think about how you will use the raised top. It is designed for a laptop, a plate or a book. It is not meant to hold a heavy monitor or to be used as a full-time desk. If you work from the sofa for an hour or two at a time, it does the job. If you work all day, a proper desk is still the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinally, remember that the hidden compartment sits under the lifting section. You reach it by raising the top, so it is best for things you use often, such as remotes, chargers, games and notebooks. Larger items, such as baskets or magazine piles, belong on the open middle tier or the round lower shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you were hoping for the LED light seen in one photo, please message us first so we can confirm what is supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall living rooms, people who eat or work from the sofa, and homes that want a round table with more storage than a plain top and legs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow wide is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 35.3 inches across, about 90 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow high does the top rise?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not state the raised height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have lights or sockets?\u003c\/strong\u003e The text mentions neither. One photo shows a light. Ask us before relying on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The supplier states particleboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e A supplier photo shows the VEVOR logo. See the brand note above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Round Lift Top Coffee Table at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lift-top-coffee-table-rectangle-outlets-usb-led-black\"\u003eRectangular lift top coffee table with outlets\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-coffee-table-set-2-piece-wood-look-metal-legs\"\u003eRound coffee table set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-pedestal-side-table-bobbin-leg-gloss\"\u003eRound pedestal side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/coffee-tables\"\u003ecoffee tables\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/60244650-acb6-4975-b47e-4d6b18ac402b.jpg\" alt=\"Round lift top coffee table in black with open middle tier and round lower shelf\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"black","offer_id":47174826295457,"sku":"CJFU26499630001","price":279.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/60244650-acb6-4975-b47e-4d6b18ac402b.jpg?v=1789118342"},{"product_id":"upholstered-nesting-coffee-table-set-of-2-corduroy-black","title":"Upholstered Nesting Coffee Table – Set of 2 Black Corduroy Foam Ottomans, No Assembly","description":"\u003ch2\u003eUpholstered Nesting Coffee Table – Set of 2 Black Corduroy Foam Ottomans\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis upholstered nesting coffee table set is two soft, foam-filled pieces covered in black corduroy: a large round drum and a smaller curved piece that tucks against it. Use them as a low coffee table, footrests, extra seats or side tables. They need no assembly. Easy Life Markets sells the set in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHard coffee tables are not for every home. With small children, in a snug or a den, or simply for putting your feet up, a padded table makes more sense. You can put a tray on top for drinks and snacks, then pull the smaller piece away and sit on it when more people arrive. The ribbed corduroy gives the set texture without any bright colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 large round upholstered piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 smaller curved upholstered piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe set arrives compressed in a single box of 33.10 × 11.00 × 11.00 inches (84 × 28 × 28 cm), weighing 24 lb (10.9 kg). The product itself weighs 21 lb (9.5 kg). After unpacking, the supplier says to wait 72 hours for the foam to fully recover its shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFigure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembled size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eListed by the supplier as \"Not Applicable\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.00 lb (9.5 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.10 × 11.00 × 11.00 in (84 × 28 × 28 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.00 lb (10.9 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not give the diameter or height of either piece. If you need them for a particular space, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e and we will check with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of two upholstered nesting tables and ottomans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corduroy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e None needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery form:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compressed, expands after unpacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJFU27446960001\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo sizes.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists the assembled size as not applicable. From the photos the large piece is roughly coffee-table width and both pieces are low, at about seat height. We cannot give figures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is soft.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a foam table. A cup of coffee placed straight on top can tip over. Use a rigid tray for drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe rebound wait.\u003c\/strong\u003e Compressed foam needs time. The supplier says 72 hours. Creases in the cover usually ease out over the same period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThings in the photos that are not sold.\u003c\/strong\u003e The throw, book, fruit bowl and sofa are props.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Diameter and height of each piece, foam density, maximum seated weight, whether the cover is removable and cleaning instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Corduroy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Corduroy\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eCorduroy\u003c\/a\u003e is a fabric with raised vertical ribs, called wales, made from extra tufted yarns cut into a soft pile. On furniture it gives a tactile, slightly retro feel and hides minor marks better than a flat weave. The ribs do trap dust and crumbs, so it pays to vacuum the cover regularly with a brush attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWays to Use the Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAs a coffee table in front of the sofa, with a tray on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAs two footrests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAs extra seating when guests visit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplit up, as a side table beside a chair and a stool at the end of the bed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAs a padded table in a children's playroom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum along the ribs with a soft brush head.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills at once with a clean cloth. Do not rub, as that flattens the pile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpot-clean with a little mild soap and water and test on a hidden area first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of strong sunlight to slow fading of the black.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotate the pieces now and then so they wear evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the supplier does not list the sizes of the two pieces, check the photos against your room. The large piece is a low drum about the width of a typical coffee table. The smaller curved piece is roughly half its size and fits around it. If you have a specific space to fill, send us a message and we will ask the supplier for the diameters and the height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlan for the delivery too. The set comes compressed in one long box, which is handy for stairs and narrow doors. Open it where you want the pieces to stay, cut the plastic carefully without touching the fabric, and leave them to recover for the full 72 hours before deciding how they look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinally, think about how firm you need it to be. Foam furniture is comfortable to sit on and soft underfoot, which is the whole idea. It is not a firm, flat surface. For drinks, use a tray with a solid base. For a laptop, a lap tray works better than placing it straight on top. Used that way, the set is a practical, child-friendly alternative to a hard table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFamilies with young children, cosy living rooms and dens, small spaces that need flexible seating, and anyone who wants somewhere to put their feet up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. Unpack it and let the foam recover for 72 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan you sit on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says you can sit on it, for example to change shoes. No weight limit is given.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big are the pieces?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not give the sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e Foam filling with a corduroy cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is given. It is an unbranded set from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Upholstered Nesting Coffee Table Set at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/pumpkin-chair-with-footstool-round-single-sofa-lounge\"\u003ePumpkin chair with footstool\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-coffee-table-set-2-piece-wood-look-metal-legs\"\u003eRound coffee table set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-lift-top-coffee-table-35-inch-storage-black\"\u003eRound lift top coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee also our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/coffee-tables\"\u003ecoffee tables\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/fcad37a5-67a6-4d5b-8d4e-61ca0772071e.jpg\" alt=\"Upholstered nesting coffee table set in black corduroy, large round piece and smaller curved piece\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47174840221857,"sku":"CJFU27446960001","price":100.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/fcad37a5-67a6-4d5b-8d4e-61ca0772071e.jpg?v=1789118471"},{"product_id":"4-tier-console-table-geometric-metal-base-rustic-brown","title":"4 Tier Console Table – 39.37 Inch Sofa and Entryway Table with Geometric Metal Base, Rustic Brown","description":"\u003ch2\u003e4 Tier Console Table – 39.37 Inch Rustic Brown Sofa Table with Geometric Metal Base\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 4 tier console table is a narrow, 39.37 inch wide table with a rustic brown top and shelves set into a black metal frame made of interlocking curves. It is 11.81 inches deep and 31.5 inches high, so it fits in a hallway, behind a sofa or against a bare wall. Easy Life Markets sells it in rustic brown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMost console tables are a top and a single shelf. This one has staggered levels inside a circular, almost sculptural frame, which gives you several small display spots for plants, photos, a speaker or a basket, without the bulk of a bookcase. The black metal and the brown wood-look boards give it an industrial, retro look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier says the table comes with clear numbered instructions and all the tools you need for assembly. It does not list the parts or give a package size or weight. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want those details before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39.37\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.81\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShelf heights and the weight of the table are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Narrow console, sofa and entryway table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four tiers in staggered positions: the top, two small side shelves, a middle shelf and a bottom shelf, as the photos show\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.18 inch E1 particleboard, rustic brown wood-grain finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black metal, symmetrical geometric design of interlocking arches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable foot pads and an anti-tip device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rustic Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJFU27478820001\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCounting the tiers.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier calls it four-tier. Because the side shelves sit at the same height, you could count the levels in different ways. The photos show five shelf surfaces including the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is not solid wood.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier describes it as a small wooden console table, but the stated material for the top is E1 particleboard with a wood-grain finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof and scratch-resistant.\u003c\/strong\u003e These are icons in the supplier's photos. Treat the surface as wipe-clean, and keep wet plant pots on saucers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse the anti-tip device.\u003c\/strong\u003e The table is tall and only 30 cm deep. The supplier includes an anti-tip device, so fix it to the wall, especially with children or pets at home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThings in the photos that are not sold.\u003c\/strong\u003e The mirror, lamp, flowers, plants, baskets and ornaments are props.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Load limits, shelf spacing, product weight and package size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Console Tables\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Console_table\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003econsole table\u003c\/a\u003e began as a shelf-like table fixed to a wall, often under a mirror. Today the name covers any long, narrow table that stands against a wall or behind a sofa. Their job is to hold keys, lamps and decorative pieces in places where a deeper table would block the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEntryway:\u003c\/strong\u003e A bowl for keys on top, baskets for shoes or bags on the bottom shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBehind the sofa:\u003c\/strong\u003e A lamp and a few books, at about the height of a sofa back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder a wall mirror or TV:\u003c\/strong\u003e Display shelves for plants and photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHome office corner:\u003c\/strong\u003e A printer on top and paper below, if the load suits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 30 cm deep it leaves room to walk past in most hallways. Check the width of your space against the 100 cm length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly and Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the numbered steps and leave final tightening until the frame is square.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the adjustable foot pads to stop any rocking on uneven floors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the anti-tip device to a solid wall with fixings suited to the wall type.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the boards with a damp cloth and dry them. Dust the frame with a dry cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep heavier items on the lower shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStyling Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe curved frame is the star here, so leave some of it on show. A good rule is to fill about two thirds of the shelves and leave the rest open. Put something tall at one end of the top, such as a lamp or a vase, and something low at the other, such as a tray or a small stack of books. That balance suits the symmetrical frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two small side shelves are ideal for small plants, framed photos or candles. The middle shelf works for a speaker, a clock or a decorative box. The bottom shelf is best for baskets, which hide shoes, bags or post in an entryway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbove the table, a round mirror echoes the curves of the frame, as in the supplier's photos. Behind a sofa, a pair of matching lamps gives soft light at reading height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rustic brown boards go well with black metal, warm woods and natural fibres. They also break up a plain grey or white wall. Keep wet items on saucers, as the surface is a finish over particleboard. With a little care it will look good for a long time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNarrow hallways, living rooms with a sofa floating in the room, and anyone who wants a display table with an unusual shape at a modest size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 39.37 inches wide, 11.81 inches deep and 31.5 inches high (100 × 30 × 80 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre tools included?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says all necessary tools come with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need fixing to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e We recommend it, using the anti-tip device supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The top is E1 particleboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is given. It is an unbranded table from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the 4 Tier Console Table at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hallway-console-table-black-70-inch-wood-grain\"\u003eHallway console table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/farmhouse-console-table-63-inch-hidden-storage-brown\"\u003eFarmhouse console table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-tier-bookcase-70-inch-wide-industrial-open-shelf-black\"\u003e5 tier bookcase\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tables\"\u003etables\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1a7abf67-c406-4d82-a67e-5955f3c13add.jpg\" alt=\"4 tier console table in rustic brown with black arched metal frame under a round mirror\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Rustic Brown","offer_id":47174900056225,"sku":"CJFU27478820001","price":137.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1a7abf67-c406-4d82-a67e-5955f3c13add.jpg?v=1789119453"},{"product_id":"2-tier-side-table-round-oval-trays-walnut-brown","title":"2 Tier Side Table – Round and Oval Walnut Brown Trays on Black Metal Frame","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2 Tier Side Table – Round and Oval Walnut-Look Trays on a Black Metal Frame\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 2 tier side table has a small round tray on top and a long oval tray below, both in a walnut brown finish with raised edges, on a black round-tube metal frame with an X-shaped brace at floor level. It measures 27.55 × 13.66 × 27.75 inches. Easy Life Markets sells it in walnut brown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe two trays work at two heights. The upper round tray sits high enough to be a lamp table or a bedside table. The lower oval tray is long enough for a drink, a book and a phone together, and it reaches further along the side of a sofa or bed than a small round table would. The raised rim stops things rolling off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier says tools and instructions are included and that one person can assemble it. The flat package is 29.13 × 2.36 × 18.11 inches (74 × 6 × 46 cm) and weighs 12 lb (5.4 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom the supplier's specification and dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.66\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower oval tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.48 × 13.66\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69.8 × 34.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGap between the two trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.99\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRim height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame length at floor (photo)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.65\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe table weighs 11.46 lb (5.2 kg). The diameter of the upper round tray is not legible in the supplier's photo, so we do not quote it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two-tier side table, end table and nightstand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrays:\u003c\/strong\u003e MDF with rounded, raised edges, walnut brown finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black powder-coated metal round tube, X-shaped floor brace\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable leg pads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Walnut Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier item code:\u003c\/strong\u003e W1757P160619\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRound or oval?\u003c\/strong\u003e The old product name called it round, while the supplier's specification says oval. In fact it is both: the top tray is round and the lower tray is a long oval.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWood or metal?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists metal as the main material. The trays are MDF with a wood-grain finish, not solid wood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe 44 lbs badge.\u003c\/strong\u003e The dimension photo shows \"44 LBS\" without saying what it refers to. Read it as a rough guide for the whole table, spread evenly, not a rating for the small top tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Child-safe\" and \"waterproof\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier uses these words about the rounded edges and the finish. Rounded edges are kinder than sharp corners, but this is still a light, tall table that a child could pull over. The finish is wipe-clean rather than waterproof.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThings in the photos that are not sold.\u003c\/strong\u003e The lamp, clock, books, vase and plants are props.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upper tray diameter in a legible form and a confirmed load rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout MDF\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trays are made of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Medium-density_fibreboard\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003emedium-density fibreboard\u003c\/a\u003e, wood fibres bonded with resin under heat and pressure. It has no grain or knots, so it can be machined into smooth, rounded shapes like these raised-edge trays and then given an even wood-look finish. It is stable in a normal indoor climate, but it should be kept away from standing water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeside a sofa, with the long tray running along the arm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAs a nightstand, with a lamp on the round tray and a book on the oval tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNext to an armchair in a reading corner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a hallway or home office as a small display stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly and Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the frame loosely, add both trays, then tighten everything once the table stands square.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the leg pads so the table does not rock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the trays with a damp cloth and dry them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a coaster under cold drinks to prevent rings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep heavy objects on the lower tray, close to the frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Two Trays Help\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost small side tables give you one surface, and it fills up fast. A lamp alone can take most of it. The two-level layout here splits the jobs. The round upper tray takes the lamp, a clock or a plant. The long lower tray, about 70 cm end to end, takes the things you reach for: a cup, a book, glasses, a phone and a remote. Because the trays have a raised rim, small items are less likely to slide off when someone knocks the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shape matters too. The oval tray is narrow, at about 35 cm, so the table tucks in along the side of a sofa or bed without sticking out into the room. Its length gives a lot of surface for a small footprint. The X brace at the floor keeps the frame steady while leaving space underneath for a basket or a pair of slippers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt just over 5 kg, it is easy to lift and move between rooms. That makes it a handy extra table when guests arrive, as well as an everyday bedside or sofa table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall living rooms, bedrooms that need a narrow bedside table, and anyone who wants more surface than a single round side table gives without taking up more floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 27.55 × 13.66 × 27.75 inches (about 70 × 34.7 × 70.5 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it hard to assemble?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says one person can do it, with tools and instructions included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e A supplier photo shows 44 lb without saying where it applies. Treat that as an overall guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The trays are MDF on a metal frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is given. It is an unbranded table from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the 2 Tier Side Table at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-pedestal-side-table-bobbin-leg-gloss\"\u003eRound pedestal side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/led-nightstand-white-high-gloss-2-drawers-rgb\"\u003eLED nightstand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/4-tier-console-table-geometric-metal-base-rustic-brown\"\u003e4 tier console table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tables\"\u003etables\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedroom\"\u003ebedroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/e65c45a0-570a-4fd4-8030-cfe30ec92aac.jpg\" alt=\"2 tier side table with round and oval walnut-look trays with a lamp on the round top tray\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Walnut Brown","offer_id":47174936068257,"sku":"CJFU223157501AZ","price":77.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/e65c45a0-570a-4fd4-8030-cfe30ec92aac.jpg?v=1789120258"},{"product_id":"round-nesting-coffee-tables-marble-look-gold-frame","title":"Round Nesting Coffee Tables – Set of 2 with Marble-Look Top, Gold Frame and Storage Drawer, Black or White","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRound Nesting Coffee Tables – Set of 2 with Marble-Look Top and Gold Frame\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese round nesting coffee tables are a pair: a taller table with a marble-look top on a gold-coloured cage base, and a lower round drum table with a pull-out drawer that tucks partly underneath it. Easy Life Markets sells the set in black or white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe appeal of a nesting pair is flexibility. Pushed together they read as one sculptural centrepiece. Pulled apart, you get two surfaces at two heights, one for drinks and one for books, a tray or a laptop. The lower table adds closed storage, which most round coffee tables do not have. The supplier's photos show the white set with a pale grey-veined top in front of a terracotta sofa, and the black set in front of a dark sectional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat You Get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's packing list reads \"Tea table × 1, floor cabinet × 1\". In the photos that means:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne taller round table with a marble-look top and an open gold-coloured base made of vertical bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne lower round drum table with a solid body, a gold-coloured base ring and a pull-out drawer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe vase, tray, teapot, books and ornaments in the photos are styling only and are not included. Assembly details are not given. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if you need them before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 cm (31.5 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 cm (18.1 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmaller table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 cm (27.6 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 cm (14.2 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are the supplier's figures. It does not say which size goes with which table. From the photos, the taller cage-base table is the 80 cm one and the lower drum is the 70 cm one. Allow about 150 cm of length if you set them side by side, or around 110 cm when nested.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of two round nesting coffee tables, one with a drawer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel, according to the supplier, in a gold-coloured finish in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marble-look surface. The material is not stated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black or White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e One pull-out drawer in the lower table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier codes:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJJT168458702BY (black), CJJT168458701AZ (white)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Two Colour Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite:\u003c\/strong\u003e White top with grey veining on the taller table, a white gloss drum below and gold-coloured metal on both.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black top with light veining, a black gloss drum and the same gold-coloured metal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarble or marble look?\u003c\/strong\u003e The old product name used the word marble, but the supplier's specification lists only stainless steel. We describe the top as marble-look because nothing confirms real stone, sintered stone or glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Net red\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title said \"Fashion Net Red\". That is a translated phrase meaning popular online. It is not a colour. The tables are black or white.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Customizable\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's size line ends with the word customizable. We sell the two sizes above only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame colour.\u003c\/strong\u003e The listing says the colour is black or white. In every photo the metal frame is gold-coloured on both versions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight of each table, weight limits, the drawer size, the drum's material, and whether any assembly is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Coffee Tables\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Coffee_table\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ecoffee table\u003c\/a\u003e sits low in front of a sofa and has to work for everyone in the seating group. A useful rule is to leave 40 to 45 cm between the table edge and the sofa, so people can reach a cup without crossing the room and still walk past. Round tables help here because there are no corners to catch shins, and a nesting pair lets you change the shape of the group from day to day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStyling and Placement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNest the drum under the edge of the taller table in front of a sofa for a compact look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePull them apart in front of an L-shaped sectional, one for each side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the drawer for remotes, chargers and coasters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the taller table for display pieces and the lower one for everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut felt pads or a rug under the drum if your floor scratches easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMeasuring Your Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore ordering, mark the two circles on the floor with paper or tape: one of 80 cm and one of 70 cm. Push them together the way you plan to use them and walk around the group. You want at least 60 cm of clear path on any side people walk through, and 40 to 45 cm between the tables and the sofa. Then check the heights. At 46 cm the taller table is close to sofa seat height, which suits drinks and a lamp. The 36 cm drum is lower and easier to reach for a tray or a laptop from a floor cushion. If your sofa is very low, the taller table may feel high, so compare it with your seat before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the top with a soft, slightly damp cloth and dry it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse coasters. A marble-look surface can still mark under hot or wet cups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use abrasive pads or strong solvents on the gold-coloured metal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not sit or stand on either table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiving rooms where a single large table would feel heavy, and owners who like a gold-and-marble look with some hidden storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I get both tables?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The packing list includes the tea table and the drum cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the top real marble?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say. We call it marble-look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich table has the drawer?\u003c\/strong\u003e The lower drum table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colours are offered?\u003c\/strong\u003e Black or White. The metal is gold-coloured on both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded set from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Round Nesting Coffee Tables at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/high-gloss-coffee-table-white-drawers-tv-cabinet\"\u003eHigh gloss coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/metal-coffee-table-low-steel-lacquered-magazine-well\"\u003eMetal coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-tripod-side-table-small-35cm-wood-legs\"\u003eRound tripod side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/coffee-tables\"\u003ecoffee tables\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/a63d428b-53b9-40b0-be1e-a6ae5e7a1667.jpg\" alt=\"Round nesting coffee tables in white with marble-look top, gold cage base and white drum table\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47174959890593,"sku":"CJJT168458702BY","price":616.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":47174959923361,"sku":"CJJT168458701AZ","price":616.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/a63d428b-53b9-40b0-be1e-a6ae5e7a1667.jpg?v=1789120753"},{"product_id":"fluted-tv-stand-68-inch-walnut-4-doors-gold-legs","title":"Fluted TV Stand – 68.89 Inch Walnut-Look Media Console with 4 Doors and Gold Legs, for 55 Inch and Larger TVs","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFluted TV Stand – 68.89 Inch Walnut-Look Media Console with 4 Doors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis fluted TV stand is a long, low media console with four vertically grooved doors, slim gold-coloured handles and gold-coloured metal legs. It measures 68.89 inches wide, 14.96 inches deep and 21.25 inches high. Easy Life Markets sells it in the colour the supplier calls Wood, a mid-brown walnut-look finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBehind the four doors are shelved compartments for a games console, a router, DVDs, books or the general clutter that collects around a TV. With the doors shut, the front is one calm run of vertical grooves, which is the look most people want from fluted furniture. The supplier describes it as suited to a 55 inch or larger TV. The photos show it under a wall-mounted screen, with the doors closed and open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier ships it as a single-box product, flat packed, with installation instructions and a toolkit. A full parts list is not given. The TV, radio, books and ornaments in the photos are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e68.89\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e175\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.96\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCabinet body height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeg height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74.80 × 20.27 × 5.51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 × 51.5 × 14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stand weighs 72.53 lb (32.9 kg) and the carton 82.89 lb (37.6 kg). The body and leg heights come from the supplier's dimension photo and add up to the stated 21.25 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four-door TV stand and media cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain material:\u003c\/strong\u003e MDF, with particle board also mentioned by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Walnut-look wood grain with fluted door fronts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gold-coloured metal handles and legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four door cabinets with shelves inside\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTV size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55 inch and larger, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Required. Instructions and toolkit included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier item code:\u003c\/strong\u003e W1321P339153\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour.\u003c\/strong\u003e One supplier bullet describes a \"simple white grooved TV cabinet\". That line belongs to a white version. The one we sell is listed as Wood, and every photo shows the walnut-look finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTV size.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says 55 inch and larger. It does not give a maximum TV size or a weight limit for the top. Check your TV's stand width and weight against the 68.89 inch top before ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Waterproof finish\".\u003c\/strong\u003e That is the supplier's wording for the surface finish. It makes spills easy to wipe. The board edges and joints will still swell if water sits on them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot solid wood.\u003c\/strong\u003e Despite \"Wood\" in the name, the supplier lists MDF and particle board. The grain is a printed or laminated surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e The number of internal shelves, whether they adjust, cable holes in the back, and any load figures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Fluted Furniture\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Fluting_(architecture)\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFluting\u003c\/a\u003e is a pattern of shallow parallel grooves. It started on classical stone columns and is now a common detail on cabinet doors and drawer fronts. The grooves catch light and shadow, which adds texture without colour, and they help hide fingerprints on doors you open every day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSetting It Up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble it close to where it will stand. At over 72 lb it is heavy to carry once built.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork on a rug or the flattened carton to protect the panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the legs last, then turn the cabinet upright with two people.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the doors line up and adjust the hinges if they do not.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoute cables through the back before you load the shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety and Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf your TV sits on the stand rather than on the wall, use an anti-tip strap for the TV.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep heavy items low and spread along the cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave space behind consoles and routers so they can cool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust along the grooves with a soft brush, then wipe with a lightly damp cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolish the gold-coloured legs with a dry cloth. Avoid abrasive cleaners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the Right TV Size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA TV stand looks right when it is wider than the screen. The 68.89 inch top is wider than a 55 inch TV (about 48 inches across) and a 65 inch TV (about 57 inches across), with room left for a speaker or a lamp. A 75 inch TV is about 66 inches wide, which leaves very little margin, and the supplier gives no weight limit, so we suggest wall mounting at that size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeight matters too. At 21.25 inches, a TV standing on top will have its screen centre at roughly seated eye level for most sofas. If you wall-mount the TV, hang it so the bottom edge sits about 10 to 20 cm above the top of the stand. That leaves room for a soundbar and keeps the cabinet and the screen looking like one unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiving rooms and bedrooms where a large TV hangs on the wall or sits on top, and owners who want closed storage with a warm wood tone and a little gold. It also works as a low sideboard in a dining room or hallway, where the four doors hide table linen, games or paperwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow wide is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 68.89 inches, about 175 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat TV does it suit?\u003c\/strong\u003e 55 inch and larger, according to the supplier. No maximum is given.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it white?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The version sold here is the walnut-look finish shown in the photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It comes flat packed with instructions and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded stand from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Fluted TV Stand at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-tv-stand-walnut-cane-doors-71-inch\"\u003eMid century TV stand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-tv-stand-cane-drawers-67-inch-walnut-brown\"\u003eRattan TV stand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-sideboard-60-inch-4-door-walnut\"\u003eMid century modern sideboard\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tv-stands-media-units\"\u003eTV stands and media units\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/ed0fa50d-1239-4bad-b39d-3713a7c6fb2d.jpg\" alt=\"Fluted TV stand in walnut-look finish with four grooved doors and gold legs under a wall-mounted TV\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Wood","offer_id":47175022674081,"sku":"CJFU267761701AZ","price":207.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/ed0fa50d-1239-4bad-b39d-3713a7c6fb2d.jpg?v=1789121959"},{"product_id":"rattan-tv-stand-cane-drawers-67-inch-walnut-brown","title":"Rattan TV Stand – 67 Inch Walnut Brown Media Console with Cane Drawers and Fluted Doors, for TVs up to 75 Inch","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRattan TV Stand – 67 Inch Walnut Brown Console with Cane Drawers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis rattan TV stand is a 66.93 inch media console in a dark walnut brown, with rounded ends, two curved fluted doors and two centre drawers faced with cane webbing. It stands 18.11 inches high on tapered wooden legs. Easy Life Markets sells it in the finish the supplier lists as Natural Wood and Brown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe design mixes three textures: smooth brown wood, vertical reeding on the curved end doors and the open weave of cane on the drawers. It suits a farmhouse, boho or mid-century room without leaning too hard into any of them. The supplier states it takes TVs up to 75 inches. Behind the end doors are cabinets with a shelf, and the drawers hold the small things a TV area collects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not give a packing list. It states that each screw and pin has its own code and label and that the assembly comes with step-by-step instructions. The TV and the decorations in the photos are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66.93\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e73.62 × 19.09 × 5.51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e187 × 48.5 × 14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stand weighs 65.26 lb (29.6 kg). The carton weighs 69.89 lb (31.7 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e TV stand with two drawers and two door cabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid wood and MDF, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark walnut brown with natural-coloured cane\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrawers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two, with cane webbing fronts and round wooden knobs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two curved, fluted end doors, each with a small knob\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable management:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two round holes in the back panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tapered wooden legs, described by the supplier as solid wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTV size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 75 inches, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier item code:\u003c\/strong\u003e WF316663AAP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTV size conflict.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text says TVs up to 75 inches. The same listing also files it under 60 to 69 inch furniture. A 75 inch TV is about 66 inches wide, close to the full width of the stand. If your TV stands on feet at its outer edges, measure the distance between them first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight limit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not state how much the top or shelves can carry. Check your TV's weight and ask us before ordering if it is a heavy set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Solid wood door\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier writes this, and lists the main material as solid wood plus MDF. It does not say which parts are which. The legs are described as solid wood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe colour.\u003c\/strong\u003e The option is called Natural WoodBrown. In the photos the wood is a deep walnut brown and the cane is a natural light tan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drawer sizes, shelf sizes, whether the shelves adjust, and how the cane is attached.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Cane Webbing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drawer fronts use \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Caning_(furniture)\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ecaning\u003c\/a\u003e, a woven panel made from strips of rattan bark. Pre-woven cane webbing is pressed into a groove around a frame, which gives the open, octagonal pattern seen on many chairs and cabinets. It lets a little air through and softens the look of a large wooden piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSort the coded screws and pins against the labels before you start.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild it on a rug or the carton so the curved panels do not get scratched.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave screws slightly loose until the frame is square, then tighten.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHave a second person help turn it over and stand it up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThread power and HDMI leads through the back holes before you load it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLooking After Cane and Wood\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust the cane with a soft brush or a vacuum brush attachment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not soak cane. Wipe it with a barely damp cloth if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the stand out of strong direct sun, which can fade the cane and the wood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe spills from the top straight away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not lean on the open doors or pull the drawers out with a heavy load in them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Goes Where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnd cabinets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Games consoles, a router or a streaming box. The back holes let the cables out. Leave a gap at the back so the equipment can breathe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCane drawers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Remotes, controllers, chargers, batteries and manuals. The open weave lets you see roughly what is inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e The TV, if it is not on the wall, plus a soundbar along the front edge. At 15.55 inches deep there is room for most TV feet and a slim soundbar together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stand is 18.11 inches high, a little lower than many consoles. With a TV on top, the screen sits at a relaxed height for a low sofa. With a wall-mounted TV, hang the screen a little lower than you might over a taller unit so the two read as a pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiving rooms, bedrooms, studio flats and home cinemas that want a warm wood and cane look, with closed storage for consoles and media.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size TV fits?\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 75 inches, according to the supplier. Measure your TV's base first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the cane real?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier calls it processed rattan. It looks like natural cane webbing in the photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre there cable holes?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The back view shows two round holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 65.26 lb (29.6 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded stand from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Rattan TV Stand at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/black-cane-tv-stand-led-arched-glass-doors-71-inch\"\u003eBlack cane TV stand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/fluted-tv-stand-68-inch-walnut-4-doors-gold-legs\"\u003eFluted TV stand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/farmhouse-console-table-63-inch-hidden-storage-brown\"\u003eFarmhouse console table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tv-stands-media-units\"\u003eTV stands and media units\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/dd752578-bf71-4058-af29-748ef0e010b6.jpg\" alt=\"Rattan TV stand in walnut brown with cane drawer fronts and curved fluted doors under a TV\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Natural WoodBrown","offer_id":47175026999457,"sku":"CJJT223569801AZ","price":219.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/dd752578-bf71-4058-af29-748ef0e010b6.jpg?v=1789122084"},{"product_id":"black-cane-tv-stand-led-arched-glass-doors-71-inch","title":"Black Cane TV Stand – 70.8 Inch Rattan-Look Media Console with LED Glass Doors, 3 Cabinets and 2 Drawers","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBlack Cane TV Stand – 70.8 Inch Console with LED Glass Doors and 2 Drawers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis black cane TV stand is a 70.8 inch media console with two drawers and a door cabinet faced in a cane-look weave, plus two arched glass doors in the middle that glow with built-in LED light. It is 15.7 inches deep and 19.6 inches high on black tapered legs. Easy Life Markets sells it in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe layout is easy to read from the photos. On the left are two stacked drawers. In the centre are two cabinets behind arched glass doors, lit from inside so a console, speaker or display piece shows through. On the right is a larger cabinet behind a single cane-look door. Small gold-coloured knobs finish it off. The supplier calls the design rattan-inspired and the material MDF, so the weave is a decorative surface rather than natural rattan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not provide a packing list. It says the stand comes with easy-to-follow instructions. The carton is listed at 41.75 × 19 × 9.75 inches, much shorter than the 70.8 inch stand, so it ships flat packed in parts. The TV and decorations shown are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom the supplier's specification and its dimension drawing:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70.8 × 15.7 × 19.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 × 40 × 50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeg height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawer front (each)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.8 × 6.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47.8 × 15.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawer inside (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.9 × 11.4 × 3.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.9 × 29 × 9.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass-door cabinet (each, W × H × D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.5 × 12.5 × 14.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36.8 × 31.8 × 37.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCane-door cabinet (W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.8 × 12.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47.8 × 31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stand weighs 74.96 lb (34 kg). The carton weighs 79.59 lb (36.1 kg). The supplier notes that the drawing was measured by hand and may be out by 2 to 3 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e TV stand with 2 drawers and 3 cabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain material:\u003c\/strong\u003e MDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, with tan cane-look panels and gold-coloured knobs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e LED light inside the two glass-door cabinets, as shown in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modern, rattan-inspired\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTV size:\u003c\/strong\u003e See the note below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier item code:\u003c\/strong\u003e N710P206015B\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTV size.\u003c\/strong\u003e The old title and one bullet say TVs up to 80 inches. The supplier's own specification gives a maximum screen size of 70 to 79 inches and a common size of 65 inches. We go with the specification. An 80 inch TV is wider than this 70.8 inch stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight limit.\u003c\/strong\u003e No load figure is given for the top or the shelves. Check your TV's weight with us if it is a large set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe LED light.\u003c\/strong\u003e The title mentions LED light and the photos show the glass cabinets lit. The supplier does not say how the light is powered, switched or coloured, or what plug it uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCane look.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says rattan-inspired and lists MDF as the material. We do not claim natural rattan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther colours in the photos.\u003c\/strong\u003e One image shows small pictures of other finishes. Only black is offered here.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e LED power details, internal shelf positions, cable holes and assembly time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Rattan and the Rattan Look\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Rattan\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eRattan\u003c\/a\u003e is a climbing palm whose stems are split and woven to make cane furniture and cane webbing. Its open weave has become a popular detail on modern cabinets. Many pieces now copy the pattern on a printed or moulded surface, which is easier to clean and does not dry out, but feels flatter than the real thing. This stand belongs to that second group, according to the supplier's description.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSetup Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRead the instructions through and lay out the parts by type before you start.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble on a soft surface to protect the black panels and glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the glass doors last and check the hinges close evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFind a socket near the stand for the LED light before you push it to the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare and Safe Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the black surfaces with a soft, slightly damp cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the glass with a mild glass cleaner sprayed onto the cloth, not onto the cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust the cane-look panels with a soft brush.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrap a free-standing TV to the wall or stand to stop it tipping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep heavy items in the lower cabinets, not on top beside the TV.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Fits Inside\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach glass-door cabinet is 14.5 inches wide, 12.5 inches high and 14.9 inches deep. That takes most games consoles laid flat, a streaming box or a small speaker. The drawers are only 3.9 inches deep inside, so they suit remotes, controllers and cables rather than boxed games. The cane-door cabinet on the right is the widest space, at 18.8 inches, and is the best place for larger items you want out of sight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiving rooms and bedrooms that want a black, rattan-look console with display cabinets and a soft glow behind glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 70.8 inches, about 180 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat TV fits?\u003c\/strong\u003e The specification says up to 70 to 79 inches, with 65 inches as a common size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it real rattan?\u003c\/strong\u003e No claim is made. The supplier calls it rattan-inspired and lists MDF.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the LED powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e Not stated. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering if it matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded stand from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Black Cane TV Stand at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-tv-stand-cane-drawers-67-inch-walnut-brown\"\u003eRattan TV stand in walnut brown\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/high-gloss-tv-stand-black-led-lights-63-inch\"\u003eHigh gloss TV stand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/buffet-cabinet-with-glass-doors-white-drawer-sideboard\"\u003eBuffet cabinet with glass doors\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tv-stands-media-units\"\u003eTV stands and media units\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/92efdfed-e530-4cc3-821c-6d901da4a03a.jpg\" alt=\"Black cane TV stand with two cane-look drawers, lit arched glass doors and a cane door under a TV\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47175031914657,"sku":"CJJT223572101AZ","price":232.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/92efdfed-e530-4cc3-821c-6d901da4a03a.jpg?v=1789122224"},{"product_id":"tv-stand-with-power-outlets-led-fabric-drawers-43-inch","title":"TV Stand with Power Outlets – 43 Inch LED Entertainment Center with 4 Fabric Drawers, Open Shelves and Adjustable Feet","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTV Stand with Power Outlets – 43 Inch LED Entertainment Center with Fabric Drawers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis TV stand with power outlets is a 43.3 inch steel-frame unit with a built-in charging station, an LED light strip, four fabric drawers and open shelves. It measures 43.3 inches wide, 11.8 inches deep and 30.7 inches high. Easy Life Markets sells it in black, brown or white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is taller and slimmer than a typical low console, closer to a small dresser with an open shelf on top. The TV sits on the top surface, a games console or router goes on the lit open shelf below it, and the four drawers take the cables, controllers and odds and ends. The middle section has two open cubbies, one with a mesh bottom. The supplier's title pairs it with a 50 inch TV.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not give a full packing list. It mentions numbered parts, pre-drilled holes and installation instructions. The four fabric drawers, the removable middle shelf board and the charging station are part of the unit. The TV, lamp, books and ornaments in the photos are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions and Load Ratings\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43.3 × 11.8 × 30.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 × 30 × 78\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInner width of top shelf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e106\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight of top open shelf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloor clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFabric drawer (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.3 × 11 × 8.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.8 × 27.9 × 21.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMiddle shelf board\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.4 × 11.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 × 29\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's photo gives these load figures: top 88 lb (40 kg), open shelf 66 lb (30 kg), lower shelf 22 lb (10 kg), mesh panel 22 lb (10 kg) and each fabric drawer 8.8 lb (4 kg). The stand weighs 31.46 lb (14.3 kg) and the carton 34.5 lb (15.6 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e TV stand and entertainment center with charging station\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoards:\u003c\/strong\u003e MDF, with a particle board middle shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrawers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four fabric drawers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCharging station:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 AC outlets rated 125V\/12A, 1 USB port 5V\/3A, 1 Type-C port 5V\/3A, 5 ft power cord, according to the supplier's photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e LED strip with button control and an app, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable anti-slip feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptions and codes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black (ZHUMI-TVS-4CD43IN-BK), White (ZHUMI-TVS-4CD43IN-WT), Brown (ZHUMI-TVS-4CD43IN-RUST)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Three Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black frame, black boards and black fabric drawers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite:\u003c\/strong\u003e White frame, white boards and white fabric drawers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrown:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black frame with a rustic brown wood-grain top and brown wood-look drawer fronts. The supplier's code calls this colour rust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck your mains voltage.\u003c\/strong\u003e The outlets are rated 125V\/12A, and the socket faces in the photo are Type B (two flat pins plus a round earth pin). They are built for 110 to 125 volt supplies. Do not plug the cord into a 220 to 240 volt supply. The plug type on the cord itself is not stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApp and colour claims.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier mentions an app, \"60,000 colors\", music sync and sound activation. It does not name the app or say how the strip is powered. We pass this on as the supplier's description.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTV size.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's title says 50 inch TV. The top is 43.3 inches wide, so a 50 inch screen will overhang the sides a little. Check that your TV's feet sit fully on the top and keep within the 88 lb rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrawer strength.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fabric drawers are rated at 8.8 lb each. They suit cables and controllers, not heavy games or books in bulk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Surge protection, safety certification of the charging station, LED power source and the plug type.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Outlets and Plugs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMains \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/AC_power_plugs_and_sockets\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eplugs and sockets\u003c\/a\u003e differ in shape, voltage and rating around the world. A socket built for 125 volts should only ever be fed from a 110 to 125 volt supply. The USB and Type-C ports are low-voltage outputs, but they are still powered from the same mains cord, so the same rule applies to the whole station.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUsing It Well\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlug the TV and console into the stand only if their combined draw is well within 12A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not chain another power strip into the stand's outlets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLevel the frame with the adjustable feet before loading it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the middle shelf board when you need a taller opening for a speaker or console.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the heaviest items on the top surface and the open shelf, which have the highest ratings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrap the TV and the stand to the wall. A tall, slim unit with a TV on top can tip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the boards and frame with a damp cloth and dry them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum or brush the fabric drawers. Spot clean marks with mild soap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep liquids away from the outlets and the LED strip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBedrooms, small living rooms, dorms and gaming corners that need a compact TV stand with drawers and built-in charging, where the mains supply matches the 125V rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 43.3 × 11.8 × 30.7 inches (W × D × H).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich sockets does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e Two Type B outlets rated 125V, one USB and one Type-C port.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colours are there?\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, brown and white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the top hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e 88 lb, according to the supplier's photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is named. The supplier codes start with ZHUMI, which we read as a supplier reference only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the TV Stand with Power Outlets at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any voltage questions before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/high-gloss-tv-stand-black-led-lights-63-inch\"\u003eHigh gloss TV stand with LED lights\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/led-nightstand-white-high-gloss-2-drawers-rgb\"\u003eLED nightstand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-tier-bookcase-70-inch-wide-industrial-open-shelf-black\"\u003e5 tier bookcase\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tv-stands-media-units\"\u003eTV stands and media units\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1770b411-a229-46ae-8356-a4feaa7bb18b.jpg\" alt=\"TV stand with power outlets in black with LED-lit open shelf, four fabric drawers and a TV on top\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47175035519137,"sku":"CJFU25691420001","price":97.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":47175035551905,"sku":"CJFU25691420003","price":97.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":47175035584673,"sku":"CJFU25691420002","price":97.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1770b411-a229-46ae-8356-a4feaa7bb18b.jpg?v=1789122340"},{"product_id":"high-gloss-tv-stand-black-led-lights-63-inch","title":"High Gloss TV Stand – 63 Inch Black Media Console with LED Lights and Remote Control","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHigh Gloss TV Stand – 63 Inch Black Console with LED Lights and Remote\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis high gloss TV stand is a 63 inch black media console with a long top, open side shelves, a low central cabinet with two push-to-open doors and built-in LED lights controlled by a remote. It measures 62.99 inches wide, 13.78 inches deep and 17.72 inches high. Easy Life Markets sells it in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe shape is simple: a thick top resting on two side panels, with a cabinet floating between them and clear shelves to the left and right. With the lights on, the open areas glow, which is what most buyers of this style want for a gaming or film corner. With them off, it is a clean black unit with no handles. The supplier says it suits flat-screen TVs up to 70 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier ships it as a single-box, flat-packed product with assembly instructions, joined with pins and eccentric (cam) connectors. The LED lights and the remote control are part of the listing. A full parts list is not given, and the TV, sculpture and media players in the photos are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMeasurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62.99\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.78\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.72\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66.93 × 17.32 × 6.30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 × 44 × 16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stand weighs 70.55 lb (32 kg), and the carton 72.75 lb (33 kg). The supplier gives a load-bearing figure of 66.15 lb (30 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e TV stand with LED lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain material:\u003c\/strong\u003e MDF, with high gloss front doors made of particle board, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Matt laminate body with high gloss doors, as described by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Central cabinet with two doors, plus open spaces for electronics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Push to open, no handles, with a soft-opening mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 single colours and 4 colour-changing modes, with remote control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated load:\u003c\/strong\u003e 66.15 lb (30 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTV size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 70 inches, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier item code:\u003c\/strong\u003e W33131067\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"20 colors\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The title says 20 colours. The supplier's text explains this as 16 single colours plus 4 colour-changing modes, so 20 settings in all.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe load limit matters.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's figure is 66.15 lb. Many 65 and 70 inch TVs weigh well under that, but a large older set may not. If your TV is heavy, mount it on the wall and use the stand for the equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGloss or matt?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says the body is matt laminate and the two front doors are high gloss. In the photos the whole unit looks glossy. Expect a shiny finish that shows fingerprints and dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe side shelves.\u003c\/strong\u003e The photos show clear shelves in the open side sections. The supplier does not say what they are made of, so we do not call them glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e How the LED is powered, the plug type, the remote's battery type, and internal shelf sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout LED Strip Lighting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost lit furniture uses an \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/LED_strip_light\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLED strip light\u003c\/a\u003e: a flexible tape of small light-emitting diodes stuck along an edge and run from a low-voltage power supply. The strip uses little power and stays cool, so it is safe next to electronics. A small receiver lets a remote change the colour and mode. Keep the remote's receiver where it can see you from the sofa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly and Placement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear a space about 2 metres long to lay out the panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork on a soft surface. Gloss panels scratch easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the cam connectors firmly but do not over-turn them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun the LED wiring and your equipment cables before you push it against the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAsk a second person to help lift it. It weighs over 70 lb.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a soft microfibre cloth on the gloss surfaces. Paper towels can leave fine scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a slightly damp cloth, then dry to avoid streaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use polish or abrasive cleaners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep drinks off the top near the LED wiring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrap a free-standing TV to the wall or the stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanning Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 62.99 inches wide, the top is wider than a 55 inch TV (about 48 inches across) and a 65 inch TV (about 57 inches across). A 70 inch screen is about 61 inches wide, so it will fill almost the full length. At 13.78 inches deep, the top is fairly shallow. Check that your TV's feet or centre pedestal fit within that depth with some margin at the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe central cabinet suits items you want hidden, such as cables and spare controllers. The open side sections suit a games console, set-top box or soundbar subwoofer, where the remote signal can reach them and air can move around them. Plan where the LED's power lead and your own cables will run before assembly, because the open design makes loose wires easy to see.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGaming setups, home cinemas, bedrooms and modern living rooms where a black, handle-free console with mood lighting fits the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow wide is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 62.99 inches, or 160 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size TV can go on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 70 inches according to the supplier, within the 66.15 lb load figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a remote?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The listing includes remote control for the lights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the doors have handles?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. They open with a push.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded stand from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the High Gloss TV Stand at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e if you need any detail checked before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tv-stand-with-power-outlets-led-fabric-drawers-43-inch\"\u003eTV stand with power outlets\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/black-cane-tv-stand-led-arched-glass-doors-71-inch\"\u003eBlack cane TV stand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/led-nightstand-white-high-gloss-2-drawers-rgb\"\u003eLED nightstand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tv-stands-media-units\"\u003eTV stands and media units\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/754996c8-5e95-4885-8ed2-03831a6eb1ba.jpg\" alt=\"High gloss TV stand in black with open side shelves, central cabinet and blue LED glow under a TV\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47175038927009,"sku":"CJJT25925560001","price":202.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/754996c8-5e95-4885-8ed2-03831a6eb1ba.jpg?v=1789122449"},{"product_id":"mid-century-tv-stand-walnut-cane-doors-71-inch","title":"Mid Century TV Stand – 70.87 Inch Walnut-Grain Media Console with Cane and Fluted Doors","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMid Century TV Stand – 70.87 Inch Walnut-Grain Console with Cane and Fluted Doors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mid century TV stand is a long, low walnut-grain media console with four doors: two fluted doors at the ends and two cane-panel doors in the middle, each with a long gold-coloured bar handle. It measures 70.87 inches wide, 13.98 inches deep and 17.91 inches high, and sits on a low plinth. Easy Life Markets sells it in brown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBehind the doors are three sections, each split by a shelf into two tiers, which the supplier counts as six storage spaces. That is enough for a games console, a streaming box, a soundbar's sub, books and the remotes. The top is long and clear, so it can take a TV of up to 70 inches with room for a lamp or plant beside it. The supplier's photos show it against a pink wall with the doors closed and open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not list the box contents. The TV, lamp, radio, plants and ornaments in the photos are not included. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want the parts and assembly details confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom the supplier's dimension drawing:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70.87\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.98\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.91\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlinth height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.36\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd section width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.52\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCentre door width (each)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.98\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd compartment inside width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.73\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd compartment heights (upper \/ lower)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.68 \/ 6.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.5 \/ 15.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCentre compartment heights (upper \/ lower)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.89 \/ 6.89\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.5 \/ 17.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe same drawing marks the stand as suitable for TVs of 70 inches and below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four-door TV stand and storage console\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain material:\u003c\/strong\u003e MDF, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Walnut wood grain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two fluted end doors and two cane-weave centre doors on concealed hinges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Long gold-coloured metal bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three sections with a shelf in each, six compartments in all\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable management:\u003c\/strong\u003e Round cutouts in the back panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTV size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 inches and below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour option:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"6 tiers\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text speaks of six tiers of large storage shelves. In the drawing these are six compartments: three sections, two levels each. The compartments are between 6.1 and 7.68 inches high, so they suit media boxes and paperbacks rather than tall items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWalnut grain, not walnut wood.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists MDF. The walnut look is a surface finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCane.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier calls it a rattan weave design. It does not say whether it is natural cane or a printed or synthetic weave.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo weight figures.\u003c\/strong\u003e Neither the stand's weight nor its load limit is given. Check your TV's weight with us before ordering a large set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles and colour.\u003c\/strong\u003e The handles are described by the supplier as golden metal. The only colour offered is brown, the walnut-grain finish in the photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stand weight, carton size, load ratings, whether the shelves adjust, and assembly requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Mid-Century Modern Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Mid-century_modern\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eMid-century modern\u003c\/a\u003e describes furniture and interiors from roughly the 1940s to the 1960s: low, long pieces, warm wood tones, simple shapes and a little brass. Cane panels and fluted fronts are common modern additions to the style. This console follows the look with its walnut grain, plinth base and long brass-coloured handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePlacing It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentre it under a wall-mounted TV, or stand a TV of 70 inches or less on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow about 45 cm in front so the end doors can swing open.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun cables through the back cutouts before loading the shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the router or console in a centre compartment, where the cane doors let some air through.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse an anti-tip strap for any TV standing on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the walnut-grain surfaces with a soft, slightly damp cloth and dry them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust the fluted doors with a soft brush to clear the grooves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not wet the cane panels. Brush them clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it out of strong direct sun to avoid fading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMatching the Stand to Your TV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA stand should be wider than the screen above it. At 70.87 inches, this one is wider than a 65 inch TV (about 57 inches across) and a 70 inch TV (about 61 inches across), leaving a little space each side. That matches the supplier's guidance of 70 inches and below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stand is 17.91 inches high, which is on the low side. Low consoles suit deep sofas and lounge seating. If you stand a TV on top, the screen will sit at a comfortable viewing height for most seats. If you wall-mount it, hang the bottom edge about 10 to 20 cm above the top, so a soundbar fits underneath and the stand and screen look like one group.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe depth of 13.98 inches is fairly slim. Check that your TV's feet or pedestal fit on the top with some room to spare at the front edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiving rooms and family rooms with a large TV, where a long, low walnut piece with closed storage fits better than open shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 70.87 inches, about 180 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat TV fits?\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 inches and below, according to the supplier's drawing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have legs?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It sits on a 2.36 inch plinth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many doors?\u003c\/strong\u003e Four: two fluted and two cane.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded stand from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Mid Century TV Stand at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/fluted-tv-stand-68-inch-walnut-4-doors-gold-legs\"\u003eFluted TV stand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-tv-stand-cane-drawers-67-inch-walnut-brown\"\u003eRattan TV stand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-sideboard-60-inch-4-door-walnut\"\u003eMid century modern sideboard\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tv-stands-media-units\"\u003eTV stands and media units\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/310e6db0-a451-46b5-a7a7-8fe53db8f2ff.jpg\" alt=\"Mid century TV stand in walnut grain with fluted end doors, cane centre doors and gold handles\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Brown","offer_id":47175057637537,"sku":"CJFU253103101AZ","price":331.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/310e6db0-a451-46b5-a7a7-8fe53db8f2ff.jpg?v=1789122948"},{"product_id":"floating-tv-stand-63-inch-led-lights-black","title":"Floating TV Stand – 63 Inch Wall-Mounted Cabinet with 16 Color LED Lights, for 55-65 Inch TVs","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFloating TV Stand – 63 Inch Wall-Mounted Black Cabinet with 16-Colour LED Lights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis floating TV stand is a 63 inch black cabinet that fixes to the wall, with a high-gloss front, two flap-down doors, an open centre shelf and a remote-controlled LED light strip. Easy Life Markets sells it in black. The supplier lists it for 55, 60 and 65 inch televisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA wall-hung unit leaves the floor clear underneath, which makes a small living room look larger and makes cleaning easier. You decide the height when you fix it, so it can sit at the right level for a sofa, a bed or a gaming chair. The open middle section takes a router, a streaming box or a games console, and the cable hole lets the leads drop down behind the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Comes with It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's photos show a remote control, a USB lead, a plug adapter and a roll of LED strip with the cabinet. The text mentions wall-mounting hardware. A full parts list is not given, and the plug type of the adapter is not stated. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e if you need the plug type confirmed before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe television, router, console, books and decorations in the photos are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's product table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62.99\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.66\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76.50 × 16.90 × 4.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e194 × 43 × 11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cabinet weighs 36.10 lb (about 16.4 kg). The package weighs 46 lb (about 20.9 kg). It ships as one box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Floating, wall-mounted TV cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, with a high-gloss door finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoard:\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier gives 15 mm E1 grade particleboard with a 3 mm MDF back panel. Its main material field says MDF.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two flap-down doors, one at each end, and an open centre compartment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e LED strip with 16 colours and 4 flashing modes, by remote control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated load:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 lb (about 45 kg), according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable management:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cable hole in the centre section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier item code:\u003c\/strong\u003e W1321104202\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTV size.\u003c\/strong\u003e The product name says it suits 55, 60 and 65 inch TVs. The same supplier table gives a maximum screen size of 60 to 69 inches. Both can be true for a wall-mounted set, because the screen hangs on the wall above the cabinet. Do not stand a large TV on its feet on top of this unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad rating.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 100 lb figure is the supplier's. What the unit really holds depends on your wall and the fixings. Plasterboard alone is not enough for a loaded cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower cord.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier gives the power cord length as 3.81 inches. That looks like a data error. Plan to have a socket close by, and ask us if the length matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixings.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier mentions \"standard wooden nail\" wall hardware. Plugs and screws that suit your wall type may be needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Voltage, plug type, LED strip length, how the strip is fixed, door hinge type and wall bracket design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout LED Lighting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe light on this cabinet comes from an \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/LED_strip_light\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLED strip light\u003c\/a\u003e, a flexible tape with small light-emitting diodes along its length. Strips like this use little power and stay cool, which is why they are often placed behind TVs and inside shelving. A soft glow behind a screen can make a dark room more comfortable to watch in. The remote lets you change the colour or switch the light off when you just want a plain black cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMounting It Safely\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFind the studs or check what your wall is made of before you drill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse fixings rated for the wall and the load. Solid brick, concrete and timber studs each need a different type.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMark a level line. A long cabinet shows even a small tilt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFix the cabinet first, then mount the TV on its own wall bracket above it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep heavy items near the fixings and do not sit or lean on the unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are unsure about your wall, ask a fitter. A floating unit is only as strong as what holds it up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn height: many people set the top of the cabinet roughly at knee to seat height, so the middle of the screen above it lands near eye level from the sofa. Hold the floating TV stand against the wall with a helper and check it from your usual seat before you drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the gloss doors with a soft, dry or slightly damp cloth. Rough cloths will mark them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep liquids away from the LED strip and the adapter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not block air around consoles or routers in the centre shelf. They need to breathe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the wall fixings now and then, especially after moving the TV.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeople with a wall-mounted TV who want low, clean storage under it. Small living rooms, bedrooms and gaming corners where floor space matters. Anyone who likes a coloured backlight behind the screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 62.99 inches, about 160 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a TV stand on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e We would not. The supplier pictures every TV mounted on the wall above the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the light need a remote?\u003c\/strong\u003e A remote is shown in the supplier's photos and is used to change colours and modes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier refers to installation instructions. Expect some assembly and wall fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not name a brand. We sell it as a generic floating TV stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Floating TV Stand at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/high-gloss-tv-stand-black-led-lights-63-inch\"\u003eHigh gloss TV stand with LED lights\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/fluted-tv-stand-68-inch-walnut-4-doors-gold-legs\"\u003eFluted TV stand, 68 inch\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-tv-stand-walnut-cane-doors-71-inch\"\u003eMid century TV stand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tv-stands-media-units\"\u003eTV stands and media units\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/b75aa034-8fdc-4b47-ab4c-5d15df23c4cd.jpg\" alt=\"Floating TV stand in black gloss mounted on a wall under a TV, with blue LED light in the open shelf\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47175063109793,"sku":"CJJT235514101AZ","price":181.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/b75aa034-8fdc-4b47-ab4c-5d15df23c4cd.jpg?v=1789123252"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/collections\/51e116bd-3805-4697-b8dd-7d1683dfe294.jpg?v=1791964123","url":"https:\/\/easylifemarketplace.com\/collections\/living-room.oembed?page=3","provider":"Easy Life Markets","version":"1.0","type":"link"}